Mercurial > repos > blastem
annotate nuklear_ui/blastem_nuklear.c @ 2383:ee0cc07dc406
Fix read of audio sample rate in Nuklear UI
author | Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com> |
---|---|
date | Tue, 21 Nov 2023 20:32:00 -0800 |
parents | 9e6cb50d0639 |
children | a71176b9903d |
rev | line source |
---|---|
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 #define NK_IMPLEMENTATION |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 #define NK_SDL_GLES2_IMPLEMENTATION |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
3 #define NK_RAWFB_IMPLEMENTATION |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
4 #define RAWFB_RGBX_8888 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 #include <stdlib.h> |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
7 #include <limits.h> |
1827 | 8 #include <math.h> |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 #include "blastem_nuklear.h" |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
10 #include "nuklear_rawfb.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 #include "font.h" |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
12 #include "filechooser.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 #include "../render.h" |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 #include "../render_sdl.h" |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15 #include "../util.h" |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 #include "../paths.h" |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
17 #include "../saves.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
18 #include "../blastem.h" |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
19 #include "../config.h" |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
20 #include "../io.h" |
1569
0ec89dadb36d
Add code for loading PNG images. Added 360 controller image. WIP work on gamepad mapping UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1568
diff
changeset
|
21 #include "../png.h" |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
22 #include "../controller_info.h" |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
23 #include "../bindings.h" |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
24 #include "../mediaplayer.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 static struct nk_context *context; |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
27 static struct rawfb_context *fb_context; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
29 typedef struct |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
30 { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
31 uint32_t *image_data; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
32 uint32_t width, height; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
33 struct nk_image ui; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
34 } ui_image; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
35 |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
36 static ui_image **ui_images, *controller_360, *controller_ps4, |
2020
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
37 *controller_ps4_6b, *controller_wiiu, *controller_gen_6b; |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
38 static uint32_t num_ui_images, ui_image_storage; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
39 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 typedef void (*view_fun)(struct nk_context *); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 static view_fun current_view; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
42 static view_fun *previous_views; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
43 static uint32_t view_storage; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
44 static uint32_t num_prev; |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
45 static struct nk_font *def_font; |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
46 static uint8_t config_dirty; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
47 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
48 static void push_view(view_fun new_view) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
49 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
50 if (num_prev == view_storage) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
51 view_storage = view_storage ? 2*view_storage : 2; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
52 previous_views = realloc(previous_views, view_storage*sizeof(view_fun)); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
53 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
54 previous_views[num_prev++] = current_view; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
55 current_view = new_view; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
56 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
57 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
58 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
59 static void pop_view() |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
60 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
61 if (num_prev) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
62 current_view = previous_views[--num_prev]; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
63 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
64 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
65 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
66 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
67 static void clear_view_stack() |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
68 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
69 num_prev = 0; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
70 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72 void view_play(struct nk_context *context) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 { |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
74 if (current_system && current_system->type == SYSTEM_MEDIA_PLAYER) { |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
75 media_player *player = (media_player *)current_system; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
76 if (nk_begin(context, "Media Player", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
77 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
78 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.25f, render_width() - 4 * context->style.font->height, 1); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
79 nk_label(context, current_media()->name, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
80 |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
81 uint32_t seconds = player->playback_time / 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
82 uint32_t minutes = seconds / 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
83 seconds %= 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
84 uint32_t hours = minutes / 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
85 minutes %= 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
86 char buffer[10]; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
87 sprintf(buffer, "%02d:%02d:%02d", hours, minutes, seconds); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
88 nk_label(context, buffer, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
89 |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
90 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.25f, desired_width, 1); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
91 if (nk_button_label(context, player->state == STATE_PLAY ? "Pause" : "Play")) { |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
92 uint8_t old_state = player->button_state[BUTTON_A]; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
93 player->button_state[BUTTON_A] = 0; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
94 current_system->gamepad_down(current_system, 1, BUTTON_A); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
95 player->button_state[BUTTON_A] = old_state; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
96 } |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
97 nk_end(context); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
98 } |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
99 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
102 static char *browser_cur_path; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
103 static const char *browser_label; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
104 static const char *browser_setting_path; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
105 static const char **browser_ext_list; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
106 static uint32_t browser_num_exts; |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
107 static uint8_t use_native_filechooser; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
108 |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
109 static void handle_chooser_result(uint8_t normal_open, char *full_path) |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
110 { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
111 if(normal_open) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
112 if (current_system) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
113 current_system->next_rom = full_path; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
114 current_system->request_exit(current_system); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
115 } else { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
116 init_system_with_media(full_path, SYSTEM_UNKNOWN); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
117 free(full_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
118 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
119 |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
120 clear_view_stack(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
121 show_play_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
122 } else if (browser_setting_path) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
123 config = tern_insert_path(config, browser_setting_path, (tern_val){.ptrval = full_path}, TVAL_PTR); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
124 config_dirty = 1; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
125 browser_ext_list = NULL; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
126 pop_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
127 } else { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
128 lockon_media(full_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
129 free(full_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
130 |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
131 clear_view_stack(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
132 show_play_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
133 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
134 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
135 |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
136 void view_file_browser(struct nk_context *context, uint8_t normal_open) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138 static dir_entry *entries; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
139 static size_t num_entries; |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
140 static int32_t selected_entry = -1; |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
141 static const char **ext_list; |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
142 static uint32_t num_exts; |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
143 static uint8_t got_ext_list; |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
144 if (!browser_cur_path) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
145 get_initial_browse_path(&browser_cur_path); |
1481
77a401044935
Fix directory navigation in ROM file chooser in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1478
diff
changeset
|
146 } |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
147 if (use_native_filechooser && native_filechooser_available()) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
148 char *path = native_filechooser_pick(browser_label, browser_cur_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
149 if (path) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
150 free(browser_cur_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
151 browser_cur_path = path_dirname(path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
152 handle_chooser_result(normal_open, path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
153 } else { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
154 browser_ext_list = NULL; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
155 pop_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
156 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
157 return; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
158 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
159 if (!entries) { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
160 entries = get_dir_list(browser_cur_path, &num_entries); |
1484
d82af64c94d2
Sort directory listing in Nuklear UI file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1483
diff
changeset
|
161 if (entries) { |
d82af64c94d2
Sort directory listing in Nuklear UI file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1483
diff
changeset
|
162 sort_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
d82af64c94d2
Sort directory listing in Nuklear UI file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1483
diff
changeset
|
163 } |
2017
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
164 if (!num_entries) { |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
165 //get_dir_list can fail if the user doesn't have permission |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
166 //for the current folder, make sure they can still navigate up |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
167 free_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
168 entries = calloc(1, sizeof(dir_entry)); |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
169 entries[0].name = strdup(".."); |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
170 entries[0].is_dir = 1; |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
171 num_entries = 1; |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
172 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
173 } |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
174 if (!browser_ext_list) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
175 if (!got_ext_list) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
176 ext_list = (const char **)get_extension_list(config, &num_exts); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
177 got_ext_list = 1; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
178 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
179 browser_ext_list = ext_list; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
180 browser_num_exts = num_exts; |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
181 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
184 if (nk_begin(context, "Load ROM", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
185 nk_layout_row_static(context, height - context->style.font->height * 3, width - 60, 1); |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
186 int32_t old_selected = selected_entry; |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
187 const char *parts[] = {browser_label, ": ", browser_cur_path}; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
188 char *title = alloc_concat_m(3, parts); |
2016
2d8748e0ccb2
Show current path in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2015
diff
changeset
|
189 if (nk_group_begin(context, title, NK_WINDOW_BORDER | NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
190 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height - 2, width-100, 1); |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
191 for (int32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
192 { |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
193 if (entries[i].name[0] == '.' && entries[i].name[1] != '.') { |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
194 continue; |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
195 } |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
196 if (browser_num_exts && !entries[i].is_dir && !path_matches_extensions(entries[i].name, browser_ext_list, browser_num_exts)) { |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
197 continue; |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
198 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199 int selected = i == selected_entry; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
200 nk_selectable_label(context, entries[i].name, NK_TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT, &selected); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
201 if (selected) { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
202 selected_entry = i; |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
203 } else if (i == selected_entry) { |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
204 selected_entry = -1; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
205 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
206 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207 nk_group_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
208 } |
2016
2d8748e0ccb2
Show current path in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2015
diff
changeset
|
209 free(title); |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
210 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.75, width > 600 ? 300 : width / 2, 2); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
211 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
212 browser_ext_list = NULL; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
213 pop_view(); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
214 } |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
215 if (nk_button_label(context, "Open") || (old_selected >= 0 && selected_entry < 0)) { |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
216 if (selected_entry < 0) { |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
217 selected_entry = old_selected; |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
218 } |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
219 char *full_path = path_append(browser_cur_path, entries[selected_entry].name); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
220 if (entries[selected_entry].is_dir) { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
221 free(browser_cur_path); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
222 browser_cur_path = full_path; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 free_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 entries = NULL; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
225 } else { |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
226 handle_chooser_result(normal_open, full_path); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
227 } |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
228 selected_entry = -1; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
229 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
230 nk_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
231 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
233 |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
234 void view_load(struct nk_context *context) |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
235 { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
236 browser_label = "Select ROM"; |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
237 view_file_browser(context, 1); |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
238 } |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
239 |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
240 void view_lock_on(struct nk_context *context) |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
241 { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
242 browser_label = "Select ROM"; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
243 view_file_browser(context, 0); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
244 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
245 |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
246 void view_file_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
247 { |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
248 view_file_browser(context, 0); |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
249 } |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
250 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
251 void view_about(struct nk_context *context) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
252 { |
1526 | 253 const char *lines[] = { |
1815
7f4fac75b484
Update version number for nightly builds
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1814
diff
changeset
|
254 "BlastEm v0.6.3-pre", |
1812
8aeac7bd9fa7
Update version number, special thanks, CHANGELOG and README in preparation for possible 0.6.2 release
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1811
diff
changeset
|
255 "Copyright 2012-2019 Michael Pavone", |
1526 | 256 "", |
257 "BlastEm is a high performance open source", | |
258 "(GPLv3) Genesis/Megadrive emulator", | |
259 }; | |
260 const uint32_t NUM_LINES = sizeof(lines)/sizeof(*lines); | |
261 const char *thanks[] = { | |
1661 | 262 "Nemesis: Documentation and test ROMs", |
1526 | 263 "Charles MacDonald: Documentation", |
264 "Eke-Eke: Documentation", | |
1812
8aeac7bd9fa7
Update version number, special thanks, CHANGELOG and README in preparation for possible 0.6.2 release
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1811
diff
changeset
|
265 "Sauraen: YM2612/YM2203 Die Analysis", |
8aeac7bd9fa7
Update version number, special thanks, CHANGELOG and README in preparation for possible 0.6.2 release
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1811
diff
changeset
|
266 "Alexey Khokholov: YM3438 Die Analysis", |
1526 | 267 "Bart Trzynadlowski: Documentation", |
268 "KanedaFR: Hosting the best Sega forum", | |
269 "Titan: Awesome demos and documentation", | |
1661 | 270 "flamewing: BCD info and test ROM", |
271 "r57shell: Opcode size test ROM", | |
1526 | 272 "micky: Testing", |
273 "Sasha: Testing", | |
274 "lol-frank: Testing", | |
275 "Sik: Testing", | |
276 "Tim Lawrence : Testing", | |
277 "ComradeOj: Testing", | |
278 "Vladikcomper: Testing" | |
279 }; | |
280 const uint32_t NUM_THANKS = sizeof(thanks)/sizeof(*thanks); | |
281 uint32_t width = render_width(); | |
282 uint32_t height = render_height(); | |
283 if (nk_begin(context, "About", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { | |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
284 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, width-40, 1); |
1526 | 285 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < NUM_LINES; i++) |
286 { | |
287 nk_label(context, lines[i], NK_TEXT_LEFT); | |
288 } | |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
289 nk_layout_row_static(context, height - (context->style.font->height * 2 + 20) - (context->style.font->height +4)*NUM_LINES, width-40, 1); |
1526 | 290 if (nk_group_begin(context, "Special Thanks", NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
291 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, width - 80, 1); |
1526 | 292 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < NUM_THANKS; i++) |
293 { | |
294 nk_label(context, thanks[i], NK_TEXT_LEFT); | |
295 } | |
296 nk_group_end(context); | |
297 } | |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
298 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.75, width/3, 1); |
1526 | 299 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
300 pop_view(); | |
301 } | |
302 nk_end(context); | |
303 } | |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
304 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
305 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306 typedef struct { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 const char *title; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 view_fun next_view; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309 } menu_item; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
310 |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
311 static save_slot_info *slots; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
312 static uint32_t num_slots, selected_slot; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
313 |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
314 void view_choose_state(struct nk_context *context, uint8_t is_load) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
315 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
316 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
317 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
318 if (nk_begin(context, "Slot Picker", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
319 nk_layout_row_static(context, height - context->style.font->height * 3, width - 60, 1); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
320 if (nk_group_begin(context, "Select Save Slot", NK_WINDOW_BORDER | NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
321 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height - 2, width-100, 1); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
322 if (!slots) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
323 slots = get_slot_info(current_system, &num_slots); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
324 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
325 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_slots; i++) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
326 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
327 int selected = i == selected_slot; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
328 nk_selectable_label(context, slots[i].desc, NK_TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT, &selected); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
329 if (selected && (slots[i].modification_time || !is_load)) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
330 selected_slot = i; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
331 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
332 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
333 nk_group_end(context); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
334 } |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
335 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.75, width > 600 ? 300 : width / 2, 2); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
336 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
337 pop_view(); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
338 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
339 if (is_load) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
340 if (nk_button_label(context, "Load")) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
341 current_system->load_state(current_system, selected_slot); |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
342 show_play_view(); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
343 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
344 } else { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
345 if (nk_button_label(context, "Save")) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
346 current_system->save_state = selected_slot + 1; |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
347 show_play_view(); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
348 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
349 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
350 nk_end(context); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
351 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
352 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
353 |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
354 void view_save_state(struct nk_context *context) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
355 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
356 view_choose_state(context, 0); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
357 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
358 |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
359 void view_load_state(struct nk_context *context) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
360 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
361 view_choose_state(context, 1); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
362 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
363 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
364 typedef void (*menu_handler)(uint32_t index); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
365 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
366 static void menu(struct nk_context *context, uint32_t num_entries, const menu_item *items, menu_handler handler) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
367 { |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
368 const uint32_t button_height = context->style.font->height * 1.75; |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
369 const uint32_t ideal_button_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
370 const uint32_t button_space = 6; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
371 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374 uint32_t top = height/2 - (button_height * num_entries)/2; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375 uint32_t button_width = width > ideal_button_width ? ideal_button_width : width; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
376 uint32_t left = width/2 - button_width/2; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
377 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, top + button_height * num_entries, num_entries); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top + i * button_height, button_width, button_height-button_space)); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
382 if (nk_button_label(context, items[i].title)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
383 if (items[i].next_view) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
384 push_view(items[i].next_view); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
385 if (current_view == view_save_state || current_view == view_load_state) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
386 free_slot_info(slots); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
387 slots = NULL; |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
388 } else if (current_view == view_play) { |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
389 clear_view_stack(); |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
390 set_content_binding_state(1); |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
391 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
392 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
393 handler(i); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
394 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
395 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
398 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
399 |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
400 void binding_loop(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
401 { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
402 if (valtype != TVAL_PTR) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
403 return; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
404 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
405 tern_node **binding_lookup = data; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
406 *binding_lookup = tern_insert_ptr(*binding_lookup, val.ptrval, strdup(key)); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
407 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
408 |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
409 static int32_t keycode; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
410 static const char *set_binding; |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
411 static uint8_t bind_click_release, click; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
412 char *set_label; |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
413 void binding_group(struct nk_context *context, char *name, const char **binds, const char **bind_names, uint32_t num_binds, tern_node *binding_lookup) |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
414 { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
415 nk_layout_row_static(context, (context->style.font->height + 4)*num_binds+context->style.font->height+30, render_width() - 80, 1); |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
416 if (nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
417 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, render_width()/2 - 80, 2); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
418 |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
419 for (int i = 0; i < num_binds; i++) |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
420 { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
421 char *label_alloc = bind_names ? NULL : path_extension(binds[i]); |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
422 const char *label = label_alloc; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
423 if (!label) { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
424 label = bind_names ? bind_names[i] : binds[i]; |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
425 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
426 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
427 if (nk_button_label(context, tern_find_ptr_default(binding_lookup, binds[i], "Not Set"))) { |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
428 set_binding = binds[i]; |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
429 set_label = strdup(label); |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
430 bind_click_release = 0; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
431 keycode = 0; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
432 } |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
433 if (label_alloc) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
434 free(label_alloc); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
435 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
436 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
437 nk_group_end(context); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
438 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
439 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
440 |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
441 static char *get_key_name(int32_t keycode) |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
442 { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
443 char *name = NULL; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
444 if (keycode > ' ' && keycode < 0x80) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
445 //key corresponds to a printable non-whitespace character |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
446 name = malloc(2); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
447 name[0] = keycode; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
448 name[1] = 0; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
449 } else { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
450 switch (keycode) |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
451 { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
452 case RENDERKEY_UP: name = "up"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
453 case RENDERKEY_DOWN: name = "down"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
454 case RENDERKEY_LEFT: name = "left"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
455 case RENDERKEY_RIGHT: name = "right"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
456 case '\r': name = "enter"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
457 case ' ': name = "space"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
458 case '\t': name = "tab"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
459 case '\b': name = "backspace"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
460 case RENDERKEY_ESC: name = "esc"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
461 case RENDERKEY_DEL: name = "delete"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
462 case RENDERKEY_LSHIFT: name = "lshift"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
463 case RENDERKEY_RSHIFT: name = "rshift"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
464 case RENDERKEY_LCTRL: name = "lctrl"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
465 case RENDERKEY_RCTRL: name = "rctrl"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
466 case RENDERKEY_LALT: name = "lalt"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
467 case RENDERKEY_RALT: name = "ralt"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
468 case RENDERKEY_HOME: name = "home"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
469 case RENDERKEY_END: name = "end"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
470 case RENDERKEY_PAGEUP: name = "pageup"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
471 case RENDERKEY_PAGEDOWN: name = "pagedown"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
472 case RENDERKEY_F1: name = "f1"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
473 case RENDERKEY_F2: name = "f2"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
474 case RENDERKEY_F3: name = "f3"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
475 case RENDERKEY_F4: name = "f4"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
476 case RENDERKEY_F5: name = "f5"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
477 case RENDERKEY_F6: name = "f6"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
478 case RENDERKEY_F7: name = "f7"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
479 case RENDERKEY_F8: name = "f8"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
480 case RENDERKEY_F9: name = "f9"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
481 case RENDERKEY_F10: name = "f10"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
482 case RENDERKEY_F11: name = "f11"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
483 case RENDERKEY_F12: name = "f12"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
484 case RENDERKEY_SELECT: name = "select"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
485 case RENDERKEY_PLAY: name = "play"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
486 case RENDERKEY_SEARCH: name = "search"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
487 case RENDERKEY_BACK: name = "back"; break; |
1549
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
488 case RENDERKEY_NP0: name = "np0"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
489 case RENDERKEY_NP1: name = "np1"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
490 case RENDERKEY_NP2: name = "np2"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
491 case RENDERKEY_NP3: name = "np3"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
492 case RENDERKEY_NP4: name = "np4"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
493 case RENDERKEY_NP5: name = "np5"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
494 case RENDERKEY_NP6: name = "np6"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
495 case RENDERKEY_NP7: name = "np7"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
496 case RENDERKEY_NP8: name = "np8"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
497 case RENDERKEY_NP9: name = "np9"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
498 case RENDERKEY_NP_DIV: name = "np/"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
499 case RENDERKEY_NP_MUL: name = "np*"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
500 case RENDERKEY_NP_MIN: name = "np-"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
501 case RENDERKEY_NP_PLUS: name = "np+"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
502 case RENDERKEY_NP_ENTER: name = "npenter"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
503 case RENDERKEY_NP_STOP: name = "np."; break; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
505 if (name) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
506 name = strdup(name); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
507 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
508 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
509 return name; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
510 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
511 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
512 void view_key_bindings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
513 { |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
514 static const char *controller1_binds[] = { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
515 "gamepads.1.up", "gamepads.1.down", "gamepads.1.left", "gamepads.1.right", |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
516 "gamepads.1.a", "gamepads.1.b", "gamepads.1.c", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
517 "gamepads.1.x", "gamepads.1.y", "gamepads.1.z", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
518 "gamepads.1.start", "gamepads.1.mode" |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
519 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
520 static const char *controller2_binds[] = { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
521 "gamepads.2.up", "gamepads.2.down", "gamepads.2.left", "gamepads.2.right", |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
522 "gamepads.2.a", "gamepads.2.b", "gamepads.2.c", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
523 "gamepads.2.x", "gamepads.2.y", "gamepads.2.z", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
524 "gamepads.2.start", "gamepads.2.mode" |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
525 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
526 static const char *general_binds[] = { |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
527 "ui.menu", "ui.save_state", "ui.load_state", "ui.toggle_fullscreen", "ui.soft_reset", "ui.reload", |
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
528 "ui.screenshot", "ui.vgm_log", "ui.sms_pause", "ui.toggle_keyboard_captured", "ui.release_mouse", "ui.exit" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
529 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
530 static const char *general_names[] = { |
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
531 "Show Menu", "Quick Save", "Quick Load", "Toggle Fullscreen", "Soft Reset", "Reload Media", |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
532 "Internal Screenshot", "Toggle VGM Log", "SMS Pause", "Capture Keyboard", "Release Mouse", "Exit" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
533 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
534 static const char *speed_binds[] = { |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
535 "ui.next_speed", "ui.prev_speed", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
536 "ui.set_speed.0", "ui.set_speed.1", "ui.set_speed.2" ,"ui.set_speed.3", "ui.set_speed.4", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
537 "ui.set_speed.5", "ui.set_speed.6", "ui.set_speed.7" ,"ui.set_speed.8", "ui.set_speed.9", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
538 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
539 static const char *speed_names[] = { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
540 "Next", "Previous", |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
541 "Default Speed", "Set Speed 1", "Set Speed 2", "Set Speed 3", "Set Speed 4", |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
542 "Set Speed 5", "Set Speed 6", "Set Speed 7", "Set Speed 8", "Set Speed 9" |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
543 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
544 static const char *debug_binds[] = { |
1660
c6cc2dae262f
Updated binding UI to reflect new VDP debug options
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1658
diff
changeset
|
545 "ui.enter_debugger", "ui.plane_debug", "ui.vram_debug", "ui.cram_debug", |
c6cc2dae262f
Updated binding UI to reflect new VDP debug options
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1658
diff
changeset
|
546 "ui.compositing_debug", "ui.vdp_debug_mode" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
547 }; |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
548 const char *debug_names[] = { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
549 "CPU Debugger", "Plane Debugger", "VRAM Debugger", "CRAM Debugger", |
1660
c6cc2dae262f
Updated binding UI to reflect new VDP debug options
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1658
diff
changeset
|
550 "Layer Debugger", "Cycle Mode/Pal" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
551 }; |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
552 const uint32_t NUM_C1_BINDS = sizeof(controller1_binds)/sizeof(*controller1_binds); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
553 const uint32_t NUM_C2_BINDS = sizeof(controller2_binds)/sizeof(*controller2_binds); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
554 const uint32_t NUM_SPEED_BINDS = sizeof(speed_binds)/sizeof(*speed_binds); |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
555 const uint32_t NUM_GEN_BINDS = sizeof(general_binds)/sizeof(*general_binds); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
556 const uint32_t NUM_DBG_BINDS = sizeof(debug_binds)/sizeof(*debug_binds); |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
557 static tern_node *binding_lookup; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
558 if (!binding_lookup) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
559 tern_node *bindings = tern_find_path(config, "bindings\0keys\0", TVAL_NODE).ptrval; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
560 if (bindings) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
561 tern_foreach(bindings, binding_loop, &binding_lookup); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
562 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
563 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
564 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
565 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
566 if (nk_begin(context, "Keyboard Bindings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
567 binding_group(context, "Controller 1", controller1_binds, NULL, NUM_C1_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
568 binding_group(context, "Controller 2", controller2_binds, NULL, NUM_C2_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
569 binding_group(context, "General", general_binds, general_names, NUM_GEN_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
570 binding_group(context, "Speed Control", speed_binds, speed_names, NUM_SPEED_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
571 binding_group(context, "Debug", debug_binds, debug_names, NUM_DBG_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
572 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.1333, (render_width() - 80) / 2, 1); |
1545
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
573 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
574 pop_view(); |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
575 } |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
576 nk_end(context); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
577 } |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
578 if (set_binding && nk_begin(context, "Set Binding", nk_rect(width/4, height/4, width/2/*width*3/4*/, height/2), NK_WINDOW_TITLE | NK_WINDOW_BORDER)) { |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
579 nk_layout_row_static(context, 30, width/2-30, 1); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
580 nk_label(context, "Press new key for", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
581 nk_label(context, set_label, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
582 if (nk_button_label(context, "Cancel") && bind_click_release) { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
583 free(set_label); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
584 set_binding = set_label = NULL; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
585 } else if (keycode) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
586 char *name = get_key_name(keycode); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
587 if (name) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
588 uint32_t prefix_len = strlen("bindings") + strlen("keys") + 2; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
589 char * old = tern_find_ptr(binding_lookup, set_binding); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
590 if (old) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
591 uint32_t suffix_len = strlen(old) + 1; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
592 char *old_path = malloc(prefix_len + suffix_len + 1); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
593 memcpy(old_path, "bindings\0keys\0", prefix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
594 memcpy(old_path + prefix_len, old, suffix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
595 old_path[prefix_len + suffix_len] = 0; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
596 tern_val old_val; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
597 if (tern_delete_path(&config, old_path, &old_val) == TVAL_PTR) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
598 free(old_val.ptrval); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
599 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
600 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
601 uint32_t suffix_len = strlen(name) + 1; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
602 char *path = malloc(prefix_len + suffix_len + 1); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
603 memcpy(path, "bindings\0keys\0", prefix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
604 memcpy(path + prefix_len, name, suffix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
605 path[prefix_len + suffix_len] = 0; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
606 |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
607 config_dirty = 1; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
608 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(set_binding)}, TVAL_PTR); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
609 free(path); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
610 free(name); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
611 tern_free(binding_lookup); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
612 binding_lookup = NULL; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
613 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
614 free(set_label); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
615 set_binding = set_label = NULL; |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
616 } else if (!click) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
617 bind_click_release = 1; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
618 } |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
619 nk_end(context); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
620 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
621 } |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
622 |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
623 static int selected_controller; |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
624 static controller_info selected_controller_info; |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
625 //#define MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH 140 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
626 #define MAX_BIND_BOX_WIDTH 350 |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
627 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
628 #define AXIS 0x40000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
629 #define STICKDIR 0x30000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
630 #define LEFTSTICK 0x10000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
631 #define RIGHTSTICK 0x20000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
632 enum { |
2310
b0ec82a59472
Fix analog stick directions being messed up in controller binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2308
diff
changeset
|
633 DOWN, UP,RIGHT,LEFT,NUM_AXIS_DIRS |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
634 }; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
635 |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
636 static char * config_ps_names[] = { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
637 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A] = "cross", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
638 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B] = "circle", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
639 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X] = "square", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
640 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y] = "triangle", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
641 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK] = "share", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
642 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START] = "options", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
643 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER] = "l1", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
644 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER] = "r1", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
645 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK] = "l3", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
646 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK] = "r3", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
647 }; |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
648 |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
649 typedef struct { |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
650 const char *button_binds[SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
651 const char *left_stick[NUM_AXIS_DIRS]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
652 const char *right_stick[NUM_AXIS_DIRS]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
653 const char *triggers[2]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
654 } pad_bind_config; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
655 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
656 static const char **current_bind_dest; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
657 |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
658 const char *translate_binding_option(const char *option) |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
659 { |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
660 static tern_node *conf_names; |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
661 if (!conf_names) { |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
662 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.up", "Pad Up"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
663 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.down", "Pad Down"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
664 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.left", "Pad Left"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
665 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.right", "Pad Right"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
666 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.a", "Pad A"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
667 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.b", "Pad B"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
668 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.c", "Pad C"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
669 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.x", "Pad X"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
670 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.y", "Pad Y"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
671 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.z", "Pad Z"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
672 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.start", "Pad Start"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
673 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.mode", "Pad Mode"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
674 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.release_mouse", "Release Mouse"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
675 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.vdp_debug_mode", "VDP Debug Mode"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
676 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.vdp_debug_pal", "VDP Debug Palette"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
677 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.enter_debugger", "Enter CPU Debugger"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
678 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.screenshot", "Take Screenshot"); |
1910
ee178f08611b
Expose vgm toggle keybind in settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1900
diff
changeset
|
679 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.vgm_log", "Toggle VGM Log"); |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
680 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.menu", "Show Menu"); |
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
681 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.exit", "Exit"); |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
682 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.save_state", "Quick Save"); |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
683 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.load_state", "Quick Load"); |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
684 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.0", "Set Speed 0"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
685 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.1", "Set Speed 1"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
686 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.2", "Set Speed 2"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
687 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.3", "Set Speed 3"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
688 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.4", "Set Speed 4"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
689 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.5", "Set Speed 5"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
690 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.6", "Set Speed 6"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
691 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.7", "Set Speed 7"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
692 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.8", "Set Speed 8"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
693 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.9", "Set Speed 9"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
694 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.next_speed", "Next Speed"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
695 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.prev_speed", "Prev. Speed"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
696 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.toggle_fullscreen", "Toggle Fullscreen"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
697 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.soft_reset", "Soft Reset"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
698 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.reload", "Reload ROM"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
699 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.sms_pause", "SMS Pause"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
700 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.toggle_keyboard_captured", "Toggle Keyboard Capture"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
701 } |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
702 return tern_find_ptr_default(conf_names, option, (void *)option); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
703 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
704 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
705 static uint8_t controller_binding_changed; |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
706 static void bind_option_group(struct nk_context *context, char *name, const char **options, uint32_t num_options) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
707 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
708 float margin = context->style.font->height * 2; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
709 nk_layout_row_static(context, (context->style.font->height + 3) * ((num_options + 2) / 3) + context->style.font->height*2.1, render_width() - margin, 1); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
710 if (nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_TITLE|NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
711 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - margin - context->style.font->height) / 3, 3); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
712 for (int i = 0; i < num_options; i++) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
713 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
714 if (nk_button_label(context, translate_binding_option(options[i]))) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
715 *current_bind_dest = options[i]; |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
716 controller_binding_changed = 1; |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
717 pop_view(); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
718 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
719 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
720 nk_group_end(context); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
721 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
722 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
723 |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
724 static void view_button_binding(struct nk_context *context) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
725 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
726 static const char *pad_opts[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
727 "gamepads.n.up", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
728 "gamepads.n.down", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
729 "gamepads.n.left", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
730 "gamepads.n.right", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
731 "gamepads.n.a", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
732 "gamepads.n.b", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
733 "gamepads.n.c", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
734 "gamepads.n.x", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
735 "gamepads.n.y", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
736 "gamepads.n.z", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
737 "gamepads.n.start", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
738 "gamepads.n.mode" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
739 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
740 static const char *system_buttons[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
741 "ui.soft_reset", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
742 "ui.reload", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
743 "ui.sms_pause" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
744 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
745 static const char *emu_control[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
746 "ui.save_state", |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
747 "ui.load_state", |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
748 "ui.menu", |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
749 "ui.toggle_fullscreen", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
750 "ui.screenshot", |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
751 "ui.exit", |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
752 "ui.release_mouse", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
753 "ui.toggle_keyboard_captured" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
754 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
755 static const char *debugger[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
756 "ui.vdp_debug_mode", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
757 "ui.vdp_debug_pal", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
758 "ui.enter_debugger" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
759 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
760 static const char *speeds[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
761 "ui.next_speed", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
762 "ui.prev_speed", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
763 "ui.set_speed.0", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
764 "ui.set_speed.1", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
765 "ui.set_speed.2", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
766 "ui.set_speed.3", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
767 "ui.set_speed.4", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
768 "ui.set_speed.5", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
769 "ui.set_speed.6", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
770 "ui.set_speed.7", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
771 "ui.set_speed.8", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
772 "ui.set_speed.9" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
773 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
774 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
775 if (nk_begin(context, "Button Binding", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
776 bind_option_group(context, "Controller Buttons", pad_opts, sizeof(pad_opts)/sizeof(*pad_opts)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
777 bind_option_group(context, "System Buttons", system_buttons, sizeof(system_buttons)/sizeof(*system_buttons)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
778 bind_option_group(context, "Emulator Control", emu_control, sizeof(emu_control)/sizeof(*emu_control)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
779 bind_option_group(context, "Debugging", debugger, sizeof(debugger)/sizeof(*debugger)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
780 bind_option_group(context, "Speed Control", speeds, sizeof(speeds)/sizeof(*speeds)); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
781 |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
782 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - 80)/4, 2); |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
783 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
784 pop_view(); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
785 } |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
786 if (nk_button_label(context, "Clear")) { |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
787 *current_bind_dest = NULL; |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
788 controller_binding_changed = 1; |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
789 pop_view(); |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
790 } |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
791 nk_end(context); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
792 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
793 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
794 |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
795 static void binding_box(struct nk_context *context, pad_bind_config *bindings, char *name, float x, float y, float width, int num_binds, int *binds) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
796 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
797 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
798 float row_height = font->height * 2; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
799 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
800 char const **labels = calloc(sizeof(char *), num_binds); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
801 char const ***conf_vals = calloc(sizeof(char *), num_binds); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
802 float max_width = 0.0f; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
803 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
804 int skipped = 0; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
805 for (int i = 0; i < num_binds; i++) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
806 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
807 if (binds[i] & AXIS) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
808 labels[i] = get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, binds[i] & ~AXIS); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
809 conf_vals[i] = &bindings->triggers[(binds[i] & ~AXIS) - SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
810 } else if (binds[i] & STICKDIR) { |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
811 static char const * dirs[] = {"Down", "Up", "Right", "Left"}; |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
812 labels[i] = dirs[binds[i] & 3]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
813 conf_vals[i] = &(binds[i] & LEFTSTICK ? bindings->left_stick : bindings->right_stick)[binds[i] & 3]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
814 } else { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
815 labels[i] = get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, binds[i]); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
816 conf_vals[i] = &bindings->button_binds[binds[i]]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
817 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
818 if (!labels[i]) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
819 skipped++; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
820 continue; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
821 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
822 float lb_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, labels[i], strlen(labels[i])); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
823 max_width = max_width < lb_width ? lb_width : max_width; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
824 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
825 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(x, y, width, (num_binds - skipped) * (row_height + 4) + 4)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
826 nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_BORDER | NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
827 |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
828 float widths[] = {max_width + 3, width - (max_width + 6)}; |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
829 nk_layout_row(context, NK_STATIC, row_height, 2, widths); |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
830 for (int i = 0; i < num_binds; i++) |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
831 { |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
832 if (!labels[i]) { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
833 continue; |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
834 } |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
835 nk_label(context, labels[i], NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
836 const char *name = *conf_vals[i] ? translate_binding_option(*conf_vals[i]) : "None"; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
837 if (nk_button_label(context, name)) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
838 current_bind_dest = conf_vals[i]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
839 push_view(view_button_binding); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
840 } |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
841 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
842 free(labels); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
843 free(conf_vals); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
844 nk_group_end(context); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
845 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
846 |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
847 static void button_iter(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
848 { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
849 pad_bind_config *bindings = data; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
850 if (valtype != TVAL_PTR) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
851 return; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
852 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
853 int button = render_lookup_button(key); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
854 if (button != SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_INVALID) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
855 bindings->button_binds[button] = val.ptrval; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
856 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
857 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
858 |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
859 static void axis_iter(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
860 { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
861 pad_bind_config *bindings = data; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
862 if (valtype != TVAL_PTR) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
863 return; |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
864 } |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
865 int axis; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
866 uint8_t is_negative = 0; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
867 char *period = strchr(key, '.'); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
868 if (period) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
869 char *tmp = malloc(period-key + 1); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
870 memcpy(tmp, key, period-key); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
871 tmp[period-key] = 0; |
1624
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
872 axis = render_lookup_axis(tmp); |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
873 free(tmp); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
874 is_negative = strcmp(period+1, "negative") == 0; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
875 } else { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
876 axis = render_lookup_axis(key); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
877 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
878 switch (axis) |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
879 { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
880 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
881 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY: |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
882 bindings->left_stick[(SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY - axis) * 2 + is_negative] = val.ptrval; |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
883 break; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
884 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
885 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY: |
2313
ef5dc4d02d27
Fix goof in right analog stick mapping UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2312
diff
changeset
|
886 bindings->right_stick[(SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY - axis) * 2 + is_negative] = val.ptrval; |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
887 break; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
888 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
889 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
890 bindings->triggers[axis-SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT] = val.ptrval; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
891 break; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
892 } |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
893 } |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
894 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
895 enum { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
896 SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
897 IDENTICAL_CONTROLLERS, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
898 BY_INDEX, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
899 DEFAULT, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
900 NUM_DEST_TYPES |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
901 }; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
902 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
903 //it would be cleaner to generate this algorithmically for 4th and up, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
904 //but BlastEm only supports 8 controllers currently so it's not worth the effort |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
905 static const char *by_index_names[] = { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
906 "Use for 1st controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
907 "Use for 2nd controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
908 "Use for 3rd controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
909 "Use for 4th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
910 "Use for 5th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
911 "Use for 6th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
912 "Use for 7th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
913 "Use for 8th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
914 }; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
915 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
916 static void save_stick_binds(char *axes_key, size_t axes_key_size, const char **bindings, char *prefix) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
917 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
918 for (int i = 0; i < NUM_AXIS_DIRS; i++) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
919 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
920 char axis = (i / 2) ? 'x' : 'y'; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
921 char *suffix = (i % 2) ? ".negative" : ".positive"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
922 size_t prefix_len = strlen(prefix), suffix_len = strlen(suffix); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
923 size_t full_key_size = axes_key_size + prefix_len + 1 + suffix_len + 2; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
924 char *full_key = malloc(full_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
925 memcpy(full_key, axes_key, axes_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
926 memcpy(full_key + axes_key_size, prefix, prefix_len); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
927 full_key[axes_key_size+prefix_len] = axis; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
928 memcpy(full_key + axes_key_size + prefix_len + 1, suffix, suffix_len +1); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
929 full_key[axes_key_size + prefix_len + 1 + suffix_len + 1] = 0; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
930 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
931 if (bindings[i]) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
932 tern_insert_path(config, full_key, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(bindings[i])}, TVAL_PTR); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
933 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
934 tern_val prev_val; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
935 uint8_t prev_type = tern_delete_path(&config, full_key, &prev_val); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
936 if (prev_type == TVAL_PTR) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
937 free(prev_val.ptrval); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
938 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
939 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
940 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
941 free(full_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
942 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
943 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
944 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
945 static pad_bind_config *bindings; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
946 static void handle_dest_clicked(uint32_t dest) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
947 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
948 char key_buf[12]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
949 char *key; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
950 switch (dest) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
951 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
952 case SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
953 key = make_controller_type_key(&selected_controller_info); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
954 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
955 case IDENTICAL_CONTROLLERS: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
956 key = render_joystick_type_id(selected_controller); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
957 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
958 case BY_INDEX: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
959 snprintf(key_buf, sizeof(key_buf), "%d", selected_controller); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
960 key = key_buf; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
961 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
962 default: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
963 key = "default"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
964 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
965 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
966 static const char base_path[] = "bindings\0pads"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
967 size_t pad_key_size = sizeof(base_path) + strlen(key) + 1; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
968 char *pad_key = malloc(pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
969 memcpy(pad_key, base_path, sizeof(base_path)); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
970 strcpy(pad_key + sizeof(base_path), key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
971 static const char dpad_base[] = "dpads\0""0"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
972 size_t dpad_key_size = pad_key_size + sizeof(dpad_base); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
973 char *dpad_key = malloc(dpad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
974 memcpy(dpad_key, pad_key, pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
975 memcpy(dpad_key + pad_key_size, dpad_base, sizeof(dpad_base)); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
976 static const char button_base[] = "buttons"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
977 size_t button_key_size = pad_key_size + sizeof(button_base); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
978 char *button_key = malloc(button_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
979 memcpy(button_key, pad_key, pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
980 memcpy(button_key + pad_key_size, button_base, sizeof(button_base)); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
981 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
982 char *final_key; |
2307
a8080240cb92
Fix silly bug I introduced when trying to fix the problem from the SDL2 upgrade
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2306
diff
changeset
|
983 for (int i = 0; i < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX; i++) |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
984 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
985 char *base; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
986 const char *suffix; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
987 size_t base_key_len; |
2299
a1c9edf44c7e
Fix a place I missed a problem from the SDL2 upgrade
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
988 if ( i < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP || i > SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
989 suffix = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(i); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
990 base_key_len = button_key_size; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
991 base = button_key; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
992 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
993 static const char *dir_keys[] = {"up", "down", "left", "right"}; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
994 suffix = dir_keys[i - SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
995 base = dpad_key; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
996 base_key_len = dpad_key_size; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
997 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
998 size_t suffix_len = strlen(suffix); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
999 final_key = malloc(base_key_len + suffix_len + 2); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1000 memcpy(final_key, base, base_key_len); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1001 memcpy(final_key + base_key_len, suffix, suffix_len + 1); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1002 final_key[base_key_len + suffix_len + 1] = 0; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1003 if (bindings->button_binds[i]) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1004 tern_insert_path(config, final_key, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(bindings->button_binds[i])}, TVAL_PTR); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1005 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1006 tern_val prev_val; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1007 uint8_t prev_type = tern_delete_path(&config, final_key, &prev_val); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1008 if (prev_type == TVAL_PTR) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1009 free(prev_val.ptrval); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1010 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1011 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1012 free(final_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1013 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1014 free(button_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1015 free(dpad_key); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1016 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1017 static const char axes_base[] = "axes"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1018 size_t axes_key_size = pad_key_size + sizeof(axes_base); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1019 char *axes_key = malloc(axes_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1020 memcpy(axes_key, pad_key, pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1021 memcpy(axes_key + pad_key_size, axes_base, sizeof(axes_base)); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1022 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1023 save_stick_binds(axes_key, axes_key_size,bindings->left_stick, "left"); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1024 save_stick_binds(axes_key, axes_key_size,bindings->right_stick, "right"); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1025 for (int i = SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT; i < SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX; i++) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1026 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1027 const char *suffix = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(i); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1028 size_t suffix_len = strlen(suffix); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1029 final_key = malloc(axes_key_size + suffix_len + 2); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1030 memcpy(final_key, axes_key, axes_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1031 memcpy(final_key + axes_key_size, suffix, suffix_len + 1); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1032 final_key[axes_key_size + suffix_len + 1] = 0; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1033 if (bindings->triggers[i - SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT]) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1034 tern_insert_path(config, final_key, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(bindings->triggers[i - SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT])}, TVAL_PTR); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1035 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1036 tern_val prev_val; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1037 uint8_t prev_type = tern_delete_path(&config, final_key, &prev_val); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1038 if (prev_type == TVAL_PTR) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1039 free(prev_val.ptrval); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1040 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1041 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1042 free(final_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1043 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1044 free(axes_key); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1045 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1046 free(pad_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1047 if (dest == SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1048 free(key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1049 } |
2312
3f2ecd156453
Fix use after free when re-entering controller binding UI after saving bindings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1050 free(bindings); |
3f2ecd156453
Fix use after free when re-entering controller binding UI after saving bindings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1051 bindings = NULL; |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1052 pop_view(); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1053 config_dirty = 1; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1054 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1055 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1056 void view_select_binding_dest(struct nk_context *context) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1057 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1058 static menu_item options[NUM_DEST_TYPES]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1059 options[IDENTICAL_CONTROLLERS].title = "Use for identical controllers"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1060 options[DEFAULT].title = "Use as default"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1061 options[BY_INDEX].title = by_index_names[selected_controller]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1062 options[SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS].title = make_human_readable_type_name(&selected_controller_info); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1063 |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1064 if (nk_begin(context, "Select Binding Dest", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1065 menu(context, NUM_DEST_TYPES, options, handle_dest_clicked); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1066 nk_end(context); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1067 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1068 free((char *)options[SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS].title); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1069 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1070 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1071 static ui_image *select_best_image(controller_info *info) |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1072 { |
2020
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1073 if (info->variant != VARIANT_NORMAL || info->type == TYPE_SEGA) { |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1074 if (info->type == TYPE_PSX) { |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1075 return controller_ps4_6b; |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1076 } else { |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1077 return controller_gen_6b; |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1078 } |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1079 } else if (info->type == TYPE_PSX) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1080 return controller_ps4; |
2003
4c418ee9a9d8
Added Wii U controller image
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1980
diff
changeset
|
1081 } else if (info->type == TYPE_NINTENDO) { |
4c418ee9a9d8
Added Wii U controller image
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1980
diff
changeset
|
1082 return controller_wiiu; |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1083 } else { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1084 return controller_360; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1085 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1086 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1087 |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1088 void view_controller_bindings(struct nk_context *context) |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
1089 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1090 if (nk_begin(context, "Controller Bindings", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1091 if (!bindings) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1092 bindings = calloc(1, sizeof(*bindings)); |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1093 tern_node *pad = get_binding_node_for_pad(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1094 if (pad) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1095 tern_foreach(tern_find_node(pad, "buttons"), button_iter, bindings); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1096 tern_foreach(tern_find_node(pad, "axes"), axis_iter, bindings); |
1624
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1097 tern_node *dpad = tern_find_path(pad, "dpads\0" "0\0", TVAL_NODE).ptrval; |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1098 const char *dir_keys[] = {"up", "down", "right", "left"}; |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1099 const int button_idx[] = {SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT}; |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1100 for (int i = 0; i < NUM_AXIS_DIRS; i++) |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1101 { |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1102 bindings->button_binds[button_idx[i]] = tern_find_ptr(dpad, dir_keys[i]); |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1103 } |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1104 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1105 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1106 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1107 float orig_height = def_font->handle.height; |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1108 def_font->handle.height *= 0.5f; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1109 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1110 uint32_t avail_height = render_height() - 2 * orig_height; |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1111 float desired_width = render_width() * 0.5f, desired_height = avail_height * 0.5f; |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1112 ui_image *controller_image = select_best_image(&selected_controller_info); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1114 float controller_ratio = (float)controller_image->width / (float)controller_image->height; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1115 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1116 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1117 int MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Right", strlen("Right")) |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1118 + def_font->handle.width(font->userdata, font->height, "Internal Screenshot", strlen("Internal Screenshot")); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1119 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1120 if (render_width() - desired_width < 2.5f*MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1121 desired_width = render_width() - 2.5f*MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1122 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1123 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1124 if (desired_width / desired_height > controller_ratio) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1125 desired_width = desired_height * controller_ratio; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1126 } else { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1127 desired_height = desired_width / controller_ratio; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1128 } |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1129 float img_left = render_width() / 2.0f - desired_width / 2.0f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1130 float img_top = avail_height / 2.0f - desired_height / 2.0f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1131 float img_right = img_left + desired_width; |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1132 float img_bot = img_top + desired_height; |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1133 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, avail_height, INT_MAX); |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1134 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(img_left, img_top, desired_width, desired_height)); |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1135 nk_image(context, controller_image->ui); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1136 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1137 float bind_box_width = (render_width() - img_right) * 0.8f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1138 if (bind_box_width < MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1139 bind_box_width = render_width() - img_right; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1140 if (bind_box_width > MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1141 bind_box_width = MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1142 } |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1143 } else if (bind_box_width > MAX_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1144 bind_box_width = MAX_BIND_BOX_WIDTH; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1145 } |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1146 float bind_box_left; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1147 if (bind_box_width >= (render_width() - img_right)) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1148 bind_box_left = img_right; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1149 } else { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1150 bind_box_left = img_right + (render_width() - img_right) / 2.0f - bind_box_width / 2.0f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1151 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1152 |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1153 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1154 binding_box(context, bindings, "Action Buttons", bind_box_left, img_top, bind_box_width, 4, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1155 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1156 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1157 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1158 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1159 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1160 } else { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1161 binding_box(context, bindings, "Action Buttons", bind_box_left, img_top, bind_box_width, 6, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1162 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1163 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1164 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT : SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1165 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1166 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1167 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER : SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1168 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1169 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1170 |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1171 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) { |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1172 binding_box(context, bindings, "Right Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, 2, (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1173 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1174 AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1175 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1176 } else { |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1177 binding_box(context, bindings, "Right Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, |
2219
ff700f50541c
Fix duplicated right trigger mapping button in bindings for 8-button Genesis style controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2202
diff
changeset
|
1178 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? 2 : 1, |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1179 (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1180 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER : AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1181 AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1182 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1183 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1184 |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1185 binding_box(context, bindings, "Misc Buttons", (render_width() - bind_box_width) / 2, font->height/2, bind_box_width, 3, (int[]){ |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1186 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1187 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_GUIDE, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1188 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1189 }); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1190 |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1191 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1192 { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1193 binding_box(context, bindings, "Right Stick", img_right - desired_width/3, img_bot, bind_box_width, 5, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1194 RIGHTSTICK | UP, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1195 RIGHTSTICK | DOWN, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1196 RIGHTSTICK | LEFT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1197 RIGHTSTICK | RIGHT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1198 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1199 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1200 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1201 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1202 bind_box_left -= img_right; |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1203 float dpad_left, dpad_top; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1204 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1205 { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1206 binding_box(context, bindings, "Left Stick", bind_box_left, img_top, bind_box_width, 5, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1207 LEFTSTICK | UP, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1208 LEFTSTICK | DOWN, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1209 LEFTSTICK | LEFT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1210 LEFTSTICK | RIGHT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1211 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1212 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1213 dpad_left = img_left - desired_width/6; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1214 dpad_top = img_bot + font->height * 1.5; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1215 } else { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1216 dpad_left = bind_box_left; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1217 dpad_top = img_top; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1218 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1219 |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1220 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) { |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1221 binding_box(context, bindings, "Left Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, 2, (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1222 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1223 AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1224 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1225 } else { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1226 binding_box(context, bindings, "Left Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1227 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS ? 1 : 2, |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1228 (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1229 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK : AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1230 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1231 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1232 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1233 |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1234 binding_box(context, bindings, "D-pad", dpad_left, dpad_top, bind_box_width, 4, (int[]){ |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1235 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1236 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1237 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1238 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1239 }); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1240 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1241 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1242 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1243 def_font->handle.height = orig_height; |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1244 nk_layout_row_static(context, orig_height + 4, (render_width() - 2*orig_height) / 4, 1); |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1245 if (nk_button_label(context, controller_binding_changed ? "Save" : "Back")) { |
1545
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1246 pop_view(); |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1247 if (controller_binding_changed) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1248 push_view(view_select_binding_dest); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1249 } |
1545
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1250 } |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1251 nk_end(context); |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1252 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
1253 } |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1254 |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1255 static int current_button; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1256 static int current_axis; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1257 static int button_pressed, last_button; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1258 static int hat_moved, hat_value, last_hat, last_hat_value; |
1804
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1259 static int axis_moved, axis_value, last_axis, last_axis_value; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1260 static char *mapping_string; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1261 static size_t mapping_pos; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1262 |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1263 static void start_mapping(void) |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1264 { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1265 const char *name; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1266 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = ','; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1267 if (current_button != SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1268 name = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(current_button); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1269 } else { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1270 name = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(current_axis); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1271 } |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1272 size_t namesz = strlen(name); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1273 memcpy(mapping_string + mapping_pos, name, namesz); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1274 mapping_pos += namesz; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1275 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = ':'; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1276 } |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1277 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1278 static uint8_t initial_controller_config; |
1605
f7b1d983d5c0
Bump up pause between mapping inputs
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1604
diff
changeset
|
1279 #define QUIET_FRAMES 9 |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1280 static void view_controller_mappings(struct nk_context *context) |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1281 { |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1282 char buffer[512]; |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1283 static int quiet, button_a = -1, button_a_axis = -1; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1284 uint8_t added_mapping = 0; |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1285 if (nk_begin(context, "Controllers", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1286 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1287 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, render_height() - context->style.font->height, 3); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1288 |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1289 if (current_button < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1290 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Press Button %s", get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, current_button)); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1291 } else { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1292 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Move Axis %s", get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, current_axis)); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1293 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1294 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1295 float height = context->style.font->height * 1.25; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1296 float top = render_height()/2 - 1.5 * height; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1297 float width = render_width() - context->style.font->height; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1298 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1299 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(0, top, width, height)); |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1300 nk_label(context, buffer, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1301 if (current_button > SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1302 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(0, top + height, width, height)); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1303 nk_label(context, "OR", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1304 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1305 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(0, top + 2.0 * height, width, height)); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1306 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Press Button %s to skip", get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A)); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1307 nk_label(context, buffer, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1308 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1309 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1310 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1311 if (quiet) { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1312 --quiet; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1313 } else { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1314 if (button_pressed >= 0 && button_pressed != last_button) { |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1315 if (current_button <= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B || button_pressed != button_a) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1316 start_mapping(); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1317 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = 'b'; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1318 if (button_pressed > 9) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1319 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + button_pressed / 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1320 } |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1321 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + button_pressed % 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1322 last_button = button_pressed; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1323 if (current_button == SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1324 button_a = button_pressed; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1325 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1326 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1327 added_mapping = 1; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1328 } else if (hat_moved >= 0 && hat_value && (hat_moved != last_hat || hat_value != last_hat_value)) { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1329 start_mapping(); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1330 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = 'h'; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1331 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + hat_moved; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1332 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '.'; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1333 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + hat_value; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1334 added_mapping = 1; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1335 |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1336 last_hat = hat_moved; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1337 last_hat_value = hat_value; |
2319
ab3d8759da08
Slightly more reasonable threshold value for axes during mapping. Still pretty broken though
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2317
diff
changeset
|
1338 } else if (axis_moved >= 0 && abs(axis_value) > 4000 && ( |
1804
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1339 axis_moved != last_axis || ( |
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1340 axis_value/abs(axis_value) != last_axis_value/abs(axis_value) && current_button >= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP |
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1341 ) |
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1342 )) { |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1343 if (current_button <= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B || axis_moved != button_a_axis) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1344 start_mapping(); |
2022
380bc5d4a2cf
Fix format of axis mapping strings for axes that map to a d-pad
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2020
diff
changeset
|
1345 if (current_button >= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP) { |
380bc5d4a2cf
Fix format of axis mapping strings for axes that map to a d-pad
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2020
diff
changeset
|
1346 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = axis_value >= 0 ? '+' : '-'; |
380bc5d4a2cf
Fix format of axis mapping strings for axes that map to a d-pad
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2020
diff
changeset
|
1347 } |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1348 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = 'a'; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1349 if (axis_moved > 9) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1350 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + axis_moved / 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1351 } |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1352 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + axis_moved % 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1353 last_axis = axis_moved; |
1804
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1354 last_axis_value = axis_value; |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1355 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1356 added_mapping = 1; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1357 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1358 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1359 |
1806
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1360 while (added_mapping) { |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1361 quiet = QUIET_FRAMES; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1362 if (current_button < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1363 current_button++; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1364 if (current_button == SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1365 current_axis = 0; |
1806
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1366 if (get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, current_axis)) { |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1367 added_mapping = 0; |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1368 } |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1369 } else if (get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, current_button)) { |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1370 added_mapping = 0; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1371 } |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1372 } else { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1373 current_axis++; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1374 if (current_axis == SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX) { |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1375 button_a = -1; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1376 button_a_axis = -1; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1377 mapping_string[mapping_pos] = 0; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1378 save_controller_mapping(selected_controller, mapping_string); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1379 free(mapping_string); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1380 pop_view(); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1381 if (initial_controller_config) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1382 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1383 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1384 } |
1806
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1385 added_mapping = 0; |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1386 } else if (get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, current_axis)) { |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1387 added_mapping = 0; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1388 } |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1389 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1390 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1391 button_pressed = -1; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1392 hat_moved = -1; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1393 axis_moved = -1; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1394 nk_end(context); |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1395 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1396 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1397 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1398 static void show_mapping_view(void) |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1399 { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1400 current_button = SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1401 button_pressed = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1402 last_button = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1403 last_hat = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1404 axis_moved = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1405 last_axis = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1406 last_axis_value = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1407 SDL_Joystick *joy = render_get_joystick(selected_controller); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1408 const char *name = SDL_JoystickName(joy); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1409 size_t namesz = strlen(name); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1410 mapping_string = malloc(512 + namesz); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1411 for (mapping_pos = 0; mapping_pos < namesz; mapping_pos++) |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1412 { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1413 char c = name[mapping_pos]; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1414 if (c == ',' || c == '\n' || c == '\r') { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1415 c = ' '; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1416 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1417 mapping_string[mapping_pos] = c; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1418 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1419 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1420 push_view(view_controller_mappings); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1421 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1422 |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1423 static void view_controller_variant(struct nk_context *context) |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1424 { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1425 uint8_t selected = 0; |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1426 if (nk_begin(context, "Controller Type", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1427 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height*1.25, render_width() - context->style.font->height * 2, 1); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1428 nk_label(context, "", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1429 nk_label(context, "Select the layout that", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1430 nk_label(context, "best matches your controller", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1431 nk_label(context, "", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1432 if (selected_controller_info.subtype == SUBTYPE_GENESIS) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1433 if (nk_button_label(context, "3 button")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1434 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_3BUTTON; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1435 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1436 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1437 if (nk_button_label(context, "Standard 6 button")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1438 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1439 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1440 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1441 if (nk_button_label(context, "6 button with 2 shoulder buttons")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1442 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_8BUTTON; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1443 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1444 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1445 } else { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1446 if (nk_button_label(context, "4 face buttons")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1447 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_NORMAL; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1448 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1449 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1450 char buffer[512]; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1451 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "6 face buttons including %s and %s", |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1452 get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER), |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1453 get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT) |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1454 ); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1455 if (nk_button_label(context, buffer)) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1456 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_RIGHT; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1457 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1458 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1459 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "6 face buttons including %s and %s", |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1460 get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER), |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1461 get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER) |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1462 ); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1463 if (nk_button_label(context, buffer)) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1464 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1465 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1466 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1467 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1468 nk_end(context); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1469 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1470 if (selected) { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1471 save_controller_info(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1472 pop_view(); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1473 if (initial_controller_config) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1474 SDL_GameController *controller = render_get_controller(selected_controller); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1475 if (controller) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1476 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1477 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1478 SDL_GameControllerClose(controller); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1479 } else { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1480 show_mapping_view(); |
1604
68b05322d971
Don't redundantly store controller GUID when saving a mapping. Remove illegal chars from controller name
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1602
diff
changeset
|
1481 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1482 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1483 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1484 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1485 |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1486 static void controller_type_group(struct nk_context *context, char *name, int type_id, int first_subtype_id, const char **types, uint32_t num_types) |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1487 { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1488 nk_layout_row_static(context, (context->style.font->height + 3) * num_types + context->style.font->height, render_width() - 80, 1); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1489 if (nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1490 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, render_width()/2 - 80, 2); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1491 for (int i = 0; i < num_types; i++) |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1492 { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1493 if (nk_button_label(context, types[i])) { |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1494 selected_controller_info.type = type_id; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1495 selected_controller_info.subtype = first_subtype_id + i; |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1496 pop_view(); |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1497 if (selected_controller_info.subtype == SUBTYPE_SATURN) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1498 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1499 save_controller_info(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1500 if (initial_controller_config) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1501 SDL_GameController *controller = render_get_controller(selected_controller); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1502 if (controller) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1503 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1504 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1505 SDL_GameControllerClose(controller); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1506 } else { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1507 show_mapping_view(); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1508 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1509 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1510 } else { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1511 push_view(view_controller_variant); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1512 } |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1513 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1514 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1515 nk_group_end(context); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1516 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1517 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1518 |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1519 void view_controller_type(struct nk_context *context) |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1520 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1521 if (nk_begin(context, "Controller Type", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1522 controller_type_group(context, "Xbox", TYPE_XBOX, SUBTYPE_XBOX, (const char *[]){ |
2220
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1523 "Original", "Xbox 360", "Xbox One/Series", "Xbox Elite" |
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1524 }, 4); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1525 controller_type_group(context, "Playstation", TYPE_PSX, SUBTYPE_PS3, (const char *[]){ |
2220
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1526 "PS3", "PS4", "PS5" |
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1527 }, 3); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1528 controller_type_group(context, "Sega", TYPE_SEGA, SUBTYPE_GENESIS, (const char *[]){ |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1529 "Genesis", "Saturn" |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1530 }, 2); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1531 controller_type_group(context, "Nintendo", TYPE_NINTENDO, SUBTYPE_WIIU, (const char *[]){ |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1532 "WiiU", "Switch" |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1533 }, 2); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1534 nk_end(context); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1535 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1536 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1537 static uint8_t stick_nav_disabled; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1538 static SDL_GameController *current_controller; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1539 static uint8_t deadzones_dirty; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1540 void stick_deadzone_widget(float left, float top, float size, SDL_GameControllerAxis x_axis) |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1541 { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1542 float crosshair_size = context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1543 nk_stroke_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left, top, size, size), context->style.window.rounding, context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(255, 255, 255)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1544 float deadzone_size = selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone * size / 65535.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1545 int16_t raw_x = SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(current_controller, x_axis); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1546 int16_t raw_y = SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(current_controller, x_axis + 1); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1547 if (raw_x > selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1548 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1549 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1550 left + size, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1551 left + size, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1552 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1553 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1554 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1555 } else if (raw_x < -selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1556 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1557 left, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1558 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1559 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1560 left, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1561 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1562 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1563 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1564 if (raw_y > selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1565 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1566 left, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1567 left + size, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1568 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1569 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1570 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1571 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1572 } else if (raw_y < -selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1573 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1574 left, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1575 left + size, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1576 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1577 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1578 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1579 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1580 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1581 nk_stroke_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left + 0.5f * size - deadzone_size, top + 0.5f * size - deadzone_size, 2 * deadzone_size, 2 * deadzone_size), context->style.window.rounding, 0.5f * context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(200, 200, 200)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1582 //nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top, size, size)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1583 float x = raw_x * size / 65535.0f + size / 2.0f - crosshair_size / 2.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1584 float y = raw_y * size / 65535.0f + size / 2.0f - crosshair_size / 2.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1585 nk_draw_symbol(&context->current->buffer, NK_SYMBOL_X, nk_rect(left + x, top + y, crosshair_size, crosshair_size), nk_rgb(0, 0, 0), nk_rgb(255, 255, 255), 1, context->style.font); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1586 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1587 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1588 void trigger_deadzone_widget(float left, float top, float size, SDL_GameControllerAxis axis) |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1589 { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1590 float crosshair_size = context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1591 nk_stroke_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left, top, size, crosshair_size * 1.5f), context->style.window.rounding, context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(255, 255, 255)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1592 float deadzone_size = selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone * size / 32767.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1593 int16_t raw = SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(current_controller, axis); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1594 if (raw < 0) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1595 raw = 0; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1596 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1597 if (raw > selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1598 nk_fill_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left + deadzone_size, top, size - deadzone_size, 1.5f * crosshair_size), context->style.window.rounding, context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1599 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1600 nk_stroke_line(&context->current->buffer, left + deadzone_size, top, left + deadzone_size, top + 1.5f * crosshair_size, 0.5f * context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(200, 200, 200)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1601 float x = raw * size / 32767.0f - crosshair_size / 2.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1602 nk_draw_symbol(&context->current->buffer, NK_SYMBOL_X, nk_rect(left + x, top + 0.25f * crosshair_size, crosshair_size, crosshair_size), nk_rgb(0, 0, 0), nk_rgb(255, 255, 255), 1, context->style.font); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1603 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1605 void view_deadzones(struct nk_context *context) |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1606 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1607 if (nk_begin(context, "Deadzones", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1608 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, render_height() - 3 * context->style.font->height, 4); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1609 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1610 float left = render_width() / 8.0f, top = render_height() / 8.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1611 float size = render_height() / 3.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1612 stick_deadzone_widget(left, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1613 stick_deadzone_widget(left + 1.25f * size, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1614 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1615 top += size + context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1616 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top, size * 2, context->style.font->height)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1617 int val = selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1618 nk_property_int(context, "Stick Deadzone", 250, &val, 32000, 250, 1.0f); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1619 if (val != selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1620 selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone = val; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1621 deadzones_dirty = 1; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1622 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1623 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1624 top += 2.0f * context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1625 trigger_deadzone_widget(left, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1626 trigger_deadzone_widget(left + 1.25f * size, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1627 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1628 top += context->style.font->height * 2.5f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1629 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top, size * 2, context->style.font->height)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1630 val = selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1631 nk_property_int(context, "Trigger Deadzone", 250, &val, 32000, 250, 1.0f); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1632 if (val != selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1633 selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone = val; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1634 deadzones_dirty = 1; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1635 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1636 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1637 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1638 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1639 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - 2 * context->style.font->height) / 2, 2); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1640 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1641 stick_nav_disabled = 0; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1642 if (current_controller) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1643 SDL_GameControllerClose(current_controller); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1644 current_controller = NULL; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1645 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1646 if (deadzones_dirty) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1647 save_controller_info(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1648 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1649 pop_view(); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1650 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1651 nk_end(context); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1652 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1653 } |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1654 |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1655 void view_controllers(struct nk_context *context) |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1656 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1657 if (nk_begin(context, "Controllers", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1658 int height = (render_height() - 2*context->style.font->height) / 5; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1659 int inner_height = height - context->style.window.spacing.y; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1660 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1661 int bindings_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Bindings", strlen("Bindings")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1662 int remap_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Remap", strlen("Remap")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1663 int change_type_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Change Type", strlen("Change Type")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1664 int deadzones_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Deadzones", strlen("Deadzones")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1665 int total = bindings_width + remap_width + change_type_width + deadzones_width; |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1666 float bindings_ratio = (float)bindings_width / total; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1667 float remap_ratio = (float)remap_width / total; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1668 float change_type_ratio = (float)change_type_width / total; |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1669 float deadzones_ratio = (float)deadzones_width / total; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1670 |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1671 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1672 uint8_t found_controller = 0; |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1673 for (int i = 0; i < MAX_JOYSTICKS; i++) |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1674 { |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1675 SDL_Joystick *joy = render_get_joystick(i); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1676 if (joy) { |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1677 found_controller = 1; |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1678 controller_info info = get_controller_info(i); |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1679 ui_image *controller_image = select_best_image(&info); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1680 int image_width = inner_height * controller_image->width / controller_image->height; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1681 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, height, INT_MAX); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1682 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(context->style.font->height / 2, 0, image_width, inner_height)); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1683 if (info.type == TYPE_UNKNOWN || info.type == TYPE_GENERIC_MAPPING) { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1684 nk_label(context, "?", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1685 } else { |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1686 nk_image(context, controller_image->ui); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1687 } |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1688 int button_start = image_width + context->style.font->height; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1689 int button_area_width = render_width() - image_width - 2 * context->style.font->height; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1690 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1691 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, 0, button_area_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1692 nk_label(context, info.name, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1693 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1694 if (info.type == TYPE_UNKNOWN || info.type == TYPE_GENERIC_MAPPING) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1695 int button_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Configure", strlen("Configure")); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1696 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, button_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1697 if (nk_button_label(context, "Configure")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1698 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1699 selected_controller_info = info; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1700 initial_controller_config = 1; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1701 push_view(view_controller_type); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1702 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1703 } else { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1704 button_area_width -= 2 * context->style.window.spacing.x; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1705 bindings_width = bindings_ratio * button_area_width; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1706 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, bindings_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1707 if (nk_button_label(context, "Bindings")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1708 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1709 selected_controller_info = info; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1710 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1711 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1712 } |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1713 button_start += bindings_width + context->style.window.spacing.x; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1714 remap_width = remap_ratio * button_area_width; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1715 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, remap_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1716 if (nk_button_label(context, "Remap")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1717 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1718 selected_controller_info = info; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1719 initial_controller_config = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1720 show_mapping_view(); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1721 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1722 button_start += remap_width + context->style.window.spacing.x; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1723 change_type_width = change_type_ratio * button_area_width; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1724 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, change_type_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1725 if (nk_button_label(context, "Change Type")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1726 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1727 selected_controller_info = info; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1728 initial_controller_config = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1729 push_view(view_controller_type); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1730 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1731 button_start += change_type_width + context->style.window.spacing.x; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1732 deadzones_width = deadzones_ratio * button_area_width; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1733 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, deadzones_width, inner_height/2)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1734 if (nk_button_label(context, "Deadzones")) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1735 selected_controller = i; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1736 selected_controller_info = info; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1737 current_controller = render_get_controller(i); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1738 stick_nav_disabled = 1; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1739 deadzones_dirty = 0; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1740 push_view(view_deadzones); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1741 } |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1742 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1743 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1744 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1745 } |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1746 if (!found_controller) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1747 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, render_width() - 2 * context->style.font->height, 1); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1748 nk_label(context, "No controllers detected", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1749 } |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1750 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - 2 * context->style.font->height) / 2, 2); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1751 nk_label(context, "", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1752 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1753 pop_view(); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1754 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1755 nk_end(context); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1756 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1757 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1758 |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1759 void settings_toggle(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, uint8_t def) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1760 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1761 uint8_t curval = !strcmp("on", tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def ? "on": "off"}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1762 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1763 uint8_t newval = nk_check_label(context, "", curval); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1764 if (newval != curval) { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1765 config_dirty = 1; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1766 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(newval ? "on" : "off")}, TVAL_PTR); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1767 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1768 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1769 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1770 void settings_int_input(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, char *def) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1771 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1772 char buffer[12]; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1773 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1774 uint32_t curval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1775 char *curstr = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1776 uint32_t len = strlen(curstr); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1777 if (len > 11) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1778 len = 11; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1779 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1780 memcpy(buffer, curstr, len); |
1593
24508cb54f87
Fix a number of other memory errors (mostly leaks again) identified by valgrind
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1581
diff
changeset
|
1781 memset(buffer+len, 0, sizeof(buffer)-len); |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1782 nk_edit_string(context, NK_EDIT_SIMPLE, buffer, &len, sizeof(buffer)-1, nk_filter_decimal); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1783 buffer[len] = 0; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1784 if (strcmp(buffer, curstr)) { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1785 config_dirty = 1; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1786 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1787 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1788 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1789 |
1853
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1790 void settings_string(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, char *def) |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1791 { |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1792 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1793 char *curstr = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1794 uint32_t len = strlen(curstr); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1795 uint32_t buffer_len = len > 100 ? len + 1 : 101; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1796 char *buffer = malloc(buffer_len); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1797 memcpy(buffer, curstr, len); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1798 memset(buffer+len, 0, buffer_len-len); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1799 nk_edit_string(context, NK_EDIT_SIMPLE, buffer, &len, buffer_len-1, nk_filter_default); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1800 buffer[len] = 0; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1801 if (strcmp(buffer, curstr)) { |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1802 config_dirty = 1; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1803 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1804 } |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1805 free(buffer); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1806 } |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1807 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1808 void settings_path(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, char *def, const char **exts, uint32_t num_exts) |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1809 { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1810 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1811 char *curstr = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1812 uint32_t len = strlen(curstr); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1813 uint32_t buffer_len = len > 100 ? len + 1 : 101; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1814 char *buffer = malloc(buffer_len); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1815 memcpy(buffer, curstr, len); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1816 memset(buffer+len, 0, buffer_len-len); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1817 nk_edit_string(context, NK_EDIT_SIMPLE, buffer, &len, buffer_len-1, nk_filter_default); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1818 buffer[len] = 0; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1819 if (strcmp(buffer, curstr)) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1820 config_dirty = 1; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1821 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1822 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1823 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1824 nk_spacing(context, 1); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1825 if (nk_button_label(context, "Browse")) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1826 browser_label = label; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1827 browser_setting_path = path; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1828 browser_ext_list = exts; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1829 browser_num_exts = num_exts; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1830 if (is_absolute_path(buffer)) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1831 browser_cur_path = path_dirname(buffer); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1832 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1833 push_view(view_file_settings); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1834 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1835 free(buffer); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1836 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1837 |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1838 void settings_int_property(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *name, char *path, int def, int min, int max) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1839 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1840 char *curstr = tern_find_path(config, path, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1841 int curval = curstr ? atoi(curstr) : def; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1842 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1843 int val = curval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1844 nk_property_int(context, name, min, &val, max, 1, 1.0f); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1845 if (val != curval) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1846 char buffer[12]; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1847 sprintf(buffer, "%d", val); |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1848 config_dirty = 1; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1849 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1850 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1851 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1852 |
1796
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1853 void settings_float_property(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *name, char *path, float def, float min, float max, float step) |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1854 { |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1855 char *curstr = tern_find_path(config, path, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1856 float curval = curstr ? atof(curstr) : def; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1857 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1858 float val = curval; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1859 nk_property_float(context, name, min, &val, max, step, step); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1860 if (val != curval) { |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1861 char buffer[64]; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1862 sprintf(buffer, "%f", val); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1863 config_dirty = 1; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1864 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1865 } |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1866 } |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1867 |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1868 typedef struct { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1869 char *fragment; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1870 char *vertex; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1871 } shader_prog; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1872 |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1873 shader_prog *get_shader_progs(dir_entry *entries, size_t num_entries, shader_prog *progs, uint32_t *num_existing, uint32_t *storage) |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1874 { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1875 uint32_t num_progs = *num_existing; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1876 uint32_t prog_storage = *storage; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1877 uint32_t starting = num_progs; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1878 |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1879 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1880 if (entries[i].is_dir) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1881 continue; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1882 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1883 char *no_ext = basename_no_extension(entries[i].name); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1884 uint32_t len = strlen(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1885 if (no_ext[len-1] == 'f' && no_ext[len-2] == '.') { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1886 uint8_t dupe = 0;; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1887 for (uint32_t j = 0; j < starting; j++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1888 if (!strcmp(entries[i].name, progs[j].fragment)) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1889 dupe = 1; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1890 break; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1891 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1892 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1893 if (!dupe) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1894 if (num_progs == prog_storage) { |
1493
24f44f26b74d
Fix buffer overrun in video settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1492
diff
changeset
|
1895 prog_storage = prog_storage ? prog_storage*2 : 4; |
1857
1844cf5a4045
Fix buffer overrun in shader list UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1855
diff
changeset
|
1896 progs = realloc(progs, sizeof(*progs) * prog_storage); |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1897 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1898 progs[num_progs].vertex = NULL; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1899 progs[num_progs++].fragment = strdup(entries[i].name); |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1900 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1901 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1902 free(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1903 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1904 |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1905 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1906 if (entries[i].is_dir) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1907 continue; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1908 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1909 char *no_ext = basename_no_extension(entries[i].name); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1910 uint32_t len = strlen(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1911 if (no_ext[len-1] == 'v' && no_ext[len-2] == '.') { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1912 for (uint32_t j = 0; j < num_progs; j++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1913 if (!strncmp(no_ext, progs[j].fragment, len-1) && progs[j].fragment[len-1] == 'f' && progs[j].fragment[len] == '.') { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1914 progs[j].vertex = strdup(entries[i].name); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1915 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1916 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1917 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1918 free(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1919 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1920 free_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1921 *num_existing = num_progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1922 *storage = prog_storage; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1923 return progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1924 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1925 |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1926 shader_prog *get_shader_list(uint32_t *num_out) |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1927 { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1928 char *shader_dir = path_append(get_config_dir(), "shaders"); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1929 size_t num_entries; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1930 dir_entry *entries = get_dir_list(shader_dir, &num_entries); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1931 free(shader_dir); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1932 shader_prog *progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1933 uint32_t num_progs = 0, prog_storage; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1934 if (num_entries) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1935 progs = calloc(num_entries, sizeof(shader_prog)); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1936 prog_storage = num_entries; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1937 progs = get_shader_progs(entries, num_entries, progs, &num_progs, &prog_storage); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1938 } else { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1939 progs = NULL; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1940 prog_storage = 0; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1941 } |
1693
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1942 #ifdef DATA_PATH |
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1943 shader_dir = path_append(DATA_PATH, "shaders"); |
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1944 #else |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1945 shader_dir = path_append(get_exe_dir(), "shaders"); |
1693
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1946 #endif |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1947 entries = get_dir_list(shader_dir, &num_entries); |
1858
dda7479f3bbb
Fix a couple of small memory leaks
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1857
diff
changeset
|
1948 free(shader_dir); |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1949 progs = get_shader_progs(entries, num_entries, progs, &num_progs, &prog_storage); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1950 *num_out = num_progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1951 return progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1952 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1953 |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1954 int32_t find_match(const char **options, uint32_t num_options, char *path, char *def) |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1955 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1956 char *setting = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1957 int32_t selected = -1; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1958 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_options; i++) |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1959 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1960 if (!strcmp(setting, options[i])) { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1961 selected = i; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1962 break; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1963 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1964 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1965 if (selected == -1) { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1966 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_options; i++) |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1967 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1968 if (!strcmp(def, options[i])) { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1969 selected = i; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1970 break; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1971 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1972 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1973 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1974 return selected; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1975 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1976 |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1977 int32_t settings_dropdown_ex(struct nk_context *context, char *label, const char **options, const char **opt_display, uint32_t num_options, int32_t current, char *path) |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1978 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1979 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1980 int32_t next = nk_combo(context, opt_display, num_options, current, 30, nk_vec2(300, 300)); |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1981 if (next != current) { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1982 config_dirty = 1; |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1983 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(options[next])}, TVAL_PTR); |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1984 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1985 return next; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1986 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1987 |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1988 int32_t settings_dropdown(struct nk_context *context, char *label, const char **options, uint32_t num_options, int32_t current, char *path) |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1989 { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1990 return settings_dropdown_ex(context, label, options, options, num_options, current, path); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1991 } |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1992 |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1993 void view_video_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1994 { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1995 const char *vsync_opts[] = {"on", "off", "tear"}; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1996 const char *vsync_opt_names[] = { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1997 "On", |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1998 "Off", |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1999 "On, tear if late" |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2000 }; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2001 const uint32_t num_vsync_opts = sizeof(vsync_opts)/sizeof(*vsync_opts); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2002 static shader_prog *progs; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2003 static char **prog_names; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2004 static uint32_t num_progs; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2005 static uint32_t selected_prog; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2006 static int32_t selected_vsync = -1; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2007 if (selected_vsync < 0) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2008 selected_vsync = find_match(vsync_opts, num_vsync_opts, "video\0vsync\0", "off"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2009 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2010 if(!progs) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2011 progs = get_shader_list(&num_progs); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2012 prog_names = calloc(num_progs, sizeof(char*)); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2013 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_progs; i++) |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2014 { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2015 prog_names[i] = basename_no_extension(progs[i].fragment);; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2016 uint32_t len = strlen(prog_names[i]); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2017 if (len > 2) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2018 prog_names[i][len-2] = 0; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2019 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2020 if (!progs[i].vertex) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2021 progs[i].vertex = strdup("default.v.glsl"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2022 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2023 if (!strcmp( |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2024 progs[i].fragment, |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2025 tern_find_path_default(config, "video\0fragment_shader\0", (tern_val){.ptrval = "default.f.glsl"}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2026 )) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2027 selected_prog = i; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2028 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2029 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2030 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2031 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2032 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2033 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2034 if (desired_width > width) { |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2035 desired_width = width; |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2036 } |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
2037 if (nk_begin(context, "Video Settings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2038 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, desired_width, 2); |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2039 settings_toggle(context, "Fullscreen", "video\0fullscreen\0", 0); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2040 settings_toggle(context, "Open GL", "video\0gl\0", 1); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2041 settings_toggle(context, "Scanlines", "video\0scanlines\0", 0); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2042 selected_vsync = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "VSync", vsync_opts, vsync_opt_names, num_vsync_opts, selected_vsync, "video\0vsync\0"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2043 settings_int_input(context, "Windowed Width", "video\0width\0", "640"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2044 nk_label(context, "Shader", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2045 uint32_t next_selected = nk_combo(context, (const char **)prog_names, num_progs, selected_prog, context->style.font->height, nk_vec2(desired_width, desired_width)); |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2046 if (next_selected != selected_prog) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2047 selected_prog = next_selected; |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2048 config_dirty = 1; |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2049 config = tern_insert_path(config, "video\0fragment_shader\0", (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(progs[next_selected].fragment)}, TVAL_PTR); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2050 config = tern_insert_path(config, "video\0vertex_shader\0", (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(progs[next_selected].vertex)}, TVAL_PTR); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2051 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2052 settings_int_property(context, "NTSC Overscan", "Top", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0top\0", 2, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2053 settings_int_property(context, "", "Bottom", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0bottom\0", 17, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2054 settings_int_property(context, "", "Left", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0left\0", 13, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2055 settings_int_property(context, "", "Right", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0right\0", 14, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2056 settings_int_property(context, "PAL Overscan", "Top", "video\0pal\0overscan\0top\0", 2, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2057 settings_int_property(context, "", "Bottom", "video\0pal\0overscan\0bottom\0", 17, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2058 settings_int_property(context, "", "Left", "video\0pal\0overscan\0left\0", 13, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2059 settings_int_property(context, "", "Right", "video\0pal\0overscan\0right\0", 14, 0, 32); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2060 |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2061 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2062 pop_view(); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2063 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2064 nk_end(context); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2065 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2066 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2067 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2068 void view_audio_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2069 { |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2070 const char *rates[] = { |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2071 "192000", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2072 "96000", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2073 "48000", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2074 "44100", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2075 "22050" |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2076 }; |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2077 const char *sizes[] = { |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2078 "1024", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2079 "512", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2080 "256", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2081 "128", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2082 "64" |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2083 }; |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2084 const char *dac[] = { |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2085 "zero_offset", |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2086 "linear" |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2087 }; |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2088 const char *dac_desc[] = { |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2089 "Zero Offset", |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2090 "Linear" |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2091 }; |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2092 const uint32_t num_rates = sizeof(rates)/sizeof(*rates); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2093 const uint32_t num_sizes = sizeof(sizes)/sizeof(*sizes); |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2094 const uint32_t num_dacs = sizeof(dac)/sizeof(*dac); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2095 static int32_t selected_rate = -1; |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2096 static int32_t selected_size = -1; |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2097 static int32_t selected_dac = -1; |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2098 if (selected_rate < 0 || selected_size < 0 || selected_dac < 0) { |
2383
ee0cc07dc406
Fix read of audio sample rate in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2379
diff
changeset
|
2099 selected_rate = find_match(rates, num_rates, "audio\0rate\0", "48000"); |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
2100 selected_size = find_match(sizes, num_sizes, "audio\0buffer\0", "512"); |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2101 selected_dac = find_match(dac, num_dacs, "audio\0fm_dac\0", "zero_offset"); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2102 } |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2103 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2104 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2105 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2106 if (desired_width > width) { |
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2107 desired_width = width; |
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2108 } |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2109 if (nk_begin(context, "Audio Settings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2110 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height , desired_width, 2); |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
2111 selected_rate = settings_dropdown(context, "Rate in Hz", rates, num_rates, selected_rate, "audio\0rate\0"); |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
2112 selected_size = settings_dropdown(context, "Buffer Samples", sizes, num_sizes, selected_size, "audio\0buffer\0"); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2113 settings_int_input(context, "Lowpass Cutoff Hz", "audio\0lowpass_cutoff\0", "3390"); |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2114 settings_float_property(context, "Gain (dB)", "Overall", "audio\0gain\0", 0, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
1796
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
2115 settings_float_property(context, "", "FM", "audio\0fm_gain\0", 0, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
2116 settings_float_property(context, "", "PSG", "audio\0psg_gain\0", 0, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
2277
9e578fd493e1
Implement gain control for Ricoh PCM and CDDA with defaults based on Model 2 Sega CD
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2247
diff
changeset
|
2117 settings_float_property(context, "", "RF5C164", "audio\0rf5c164_gain\0", -6.0f, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
9e578fd493e1
Implement gain control for Ricoh PCM and CDDA with defaults based on Model 2 Sega CD
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2247
diff
changeset
|
2118 settings_float_property(context, "", "CDDA", "audio\0cdd_gain\0", -9.5f, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2119 selected_dac = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "FM DAC", dac, dac_desc, num_dacs, selected_dac, "audio\0fm_dac\0"); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2120 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2121 pop_view(); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2122 } |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2123 nk_end(context); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2124 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2125 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2126 typedef struct { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2127 const char **models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2128 const char **names; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2129 uint32_t num_models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2130 uint32_t storage; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2131 uint8_t genesis_only; |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2132 } model_foreach_state; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2133 void model_iter(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2134 { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2135 if (valtype != TVAL_NODE) { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2136 return; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2137 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2138 if (!strcmp(tern_find_ptr_default(val.ptrval, "show", "yes"), "no")) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2139 return; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2140 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2141 model_foreach_state *state = data; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2142 if (state->genesis_only && strcmp(tern_find_ptr_default(val.ptrval, "vdp", "genesis"), "genesis")) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2143 return; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2144 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2145 if (state->num_models == state->storage) { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2146 state->storage *= 2; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2147 state->models = realloc(state->models, state->storage * sizeof(char *)); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2148 state->names = realloc(state->names, state->storage * sizeof(char *)); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2149 } |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2150 char *def = strdup(key); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2151 state->models[state->num_models] = def; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2152 state->names[state->num_models++] = tern_find_ptr_default(val.ptrval, "name", def); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2153 } |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2155 typedef struct { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2156 const char **models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2157 const char **names; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2158 } models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2159 |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2160 models get_models(uint32_t *num_out, uint8_t genesis_only) |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2161 { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2162 tern_node *systems = get_systems_config(); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2163 model_foreach_state state = { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2164 .models = calloc(4, sizeof(char *)), |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2165 .names = calloc(4, sizeof(char *)), |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2166 .num_models = 0, |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2167 .storage = 4, |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2168 .genesis_only = genesis_only |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2169 }; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2170 tern_foreach(systems, model_iter, &state); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2171 *num_out = state.num_models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2172 return (models){ |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2173 .models = state.models, |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2174 .names = state.names |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2175 }; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2176 } |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2177 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2178 void view_system_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2179 { |
1568
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2180 const char *sync_opts[] = { |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2181 "video", |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2182 "audio" |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2183 }; |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2184 const uint32_t num_sync_opts = sizeof(sync_opts)/sizeof(*sync_opts); |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2185 static int32_t selected_sync = -1; |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2186 if (selected_sync < 0) { |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2187 selected_sync = find_match(sync_opts, num_sync_opts, "system\0sync_source\0", "video"); |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2188 } |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2189 const char *regions[] = { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2190 "J - Japan", |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2191 "U - Americas", |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2192 "E - Europe" |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2193 }; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2194 const char *region_codes[] = {"J", "U", "E"}; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2195 const uint32_t num_regions = sizeof(regions)/sizeof(*regions); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2196 static int32_t selected_region = -1; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2197 if (selected_region < 0) { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2198 selected_region = find_match(region_codes, num_regions, "system\0default_region\0", "U"); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2199 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2200 static const char **model_opts, **sms_model_opts; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2201 static const char **model_names, **sms_model_names; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2202 static uint32_t num_models, num_sms_models; |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2203 if (!model_opts) { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2204 models m = get_models(&num_models, 1); |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2205 model_opts = m.models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2206 model_names = m.names; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2207 m = get_models(&num_sms_models, 0); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2208 sms_model_opts = m.models; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2209 sms_model_names = m.names; |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2210 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2211 static uint8_t old_show_sms; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2212 uint8_t show_sms = current_system && current_system->type == SYSTEM_SMS; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2213 |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2214 static int32_t selected_model = -1; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2215 if (selected_model < 0 || show_sms != old_show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2216 if (show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2217 selected_model = find_match(sms_model_opts, num_sms_models, "sms\0system\0model\0", "md1va3"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2218 } else { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2219 selected_model = find_match(model_opts, num_models, "system\0model\0", "md1va3"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2220 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2221 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2222 |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2223 static const char *formats[] = { |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2224 "native", |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2225 "gst" |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2226 }; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2227 const uint32_t num_formats = sizeof(formats)/sizeof(*formats); |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2228 static int32_t selected_format = -1; |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2229 if (selected_format < 0) { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2230 selected_format = find_match(formats, num_formats, "ui\0state_format\0", "native"); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2231 } |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2232 static const char *ram_inits[] = { |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2233 "zero", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2234 "random" |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2235 }; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2236 const uint32_t num_inits = sizeof(ram_inits)/sizeof(*ram_inits); |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2237 static int32_t selected_init = -1; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2238 if (selected_init < 0) { |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2239 selected_init = find_match(ram_inits, num_inits, "system\0ram_init\0", "zero"); |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2240 } |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2241 static const char *io_opts_1[] = { |
1789
b3eb74936f18
Fix off by one in IO device UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1693
diff
changeset
|
2242 "none", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2243 "gamepad2.1", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2244 "gamepad3.1", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2245 "gamepad6.1", |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2246 "sega_multitap.1", |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2247 "ea_multitap_port_a", |
1575
ccb3a8ae7ad0
Fix config value set when "Mega Mouse" is selected in settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1573
diff
changeset
|
2248 "mouse.1", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2249 "saturn keyboard", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2250 "xband keyboard" |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2251 }; |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2252 static const char *io_opts_2[] = { |
1789
b3eb74936f18
Fix off by one in IO device UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1693
diff
changeset
|
2253 "none", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2254 "gamepad2.2", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2255 "gamepad3.2", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2256 "gamepad6.2", |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2257 "sega_multitap.1", |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2258 "ea_multitap_port_b", |
1575
ccb3a8ae7ad0
Fix config value set when "Mega Mouse" is selected in settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1573
diff
changeset
|
2259 "mouse.1", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2260 "saturn keyboard", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2261 "xband keyboard" |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2262 }; |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2263 static const char *type_names[sizeof(io_opts_1)/sizeof(*io_opts_1)]; |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2264 static int32_t selected_io_1 = -1; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2265 static int32_t selected_io_2 = -1; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2266 const uint32_t num_io = sizeof(io_opts_1)/sizeof(*io_opts_1); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2267 if (selected_io_1 < 0 || selected_io_2 < 0 || show_sms != old_show_sms) { |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2268 type_names[0] = device_type_names[IO_NONE]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2269 type_names[1] = device_type_names[IO_GAMEPAD2]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2270 type_names[2] = device_type_names[IO_GAMEPAD3]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2271 type_names[3] = device_type_names[IO_GAMEPAD6]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2272 type_names[4] = device_type_names[IO_SEGA_MULTI]; |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2273 type_names[5] = device_type_names[IO_EA_MULTI_A]; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2274 type_names[6] = device_type_names[IO_MOUSE]; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2275 type_names[7] = device_type_names[IO_SATURN_KEYBOARD]; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2276 type_names[8] = device_type_names[IO_XBAND_KEYBOARD]; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2277 if (show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2278 selected_io_1 = find_match(io_opts_1, num_io, "sms\0io\0devices\0""1\0", "gamepad2.1"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2279 selected_io_2 = find_match(io_opts_2, num_io, "sms\0io\0devices\0""2\0", "gamepad2.2"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2280 } else { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2281 selected_io_1 = find_match(io_opts_1, num_io, "io\0devices\0""1\0", "gamepad6.1"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2282 selected_io_2 = find_match(io_opts_2, num_io, "io\0devices\0""2\0", "gamepad6.2"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2283 } |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2284 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2285 old_show_sms = show_sms; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2286 |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2287 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2288 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2289 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2290 if (nk_begin(context, "System Settings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2291 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, desired_width, 2); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2292 |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2293 if (show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2294 selected_model = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "Model", sms_model_opts, sms_model_names, num_sms_models, selected_model, "sms\0system\0model\0"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2295 } else { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2296 selected_model = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "Model", model_opts, model_names, num_models, selected_model, "system\0model\0"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2297 } |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2298 int32_t old_selected = selected_io_1; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2299 char *config_path1, *config_path2; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2300 if (show_sms) { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2301 config_path1 = "sms\0io\0devices\0""1\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2302 config_path2 = "sms\0io\0devices\0""2\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2303 } else { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2304 config_path1 = "io\0devices\0""1\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2305 config_path2 = "io\0devices\0""2\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2306 } |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2307 selected_io_1 = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "IO Port 1 Device", io_opts_1, type_names, num_io, selected_io_1, config_path1); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2308 if (old_selected != selected_io_1 && selected_io_1 != selected_io_2 && !strcmp(io_opts_1[selected_io_1], "ea_multitap_port_a")) { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2309 selected_io_2 = selected_io_1; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2310 config = tern_insert_path(config, config_path2, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(io_opts_2[selected_io_2])}, TVAL_PTR); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2311 } |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2312 old_selected = selected_io_2; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2313 selected_io_2 = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "IO Port 2 Device", io_opts_2, type_names, num_io, selected_io_2, config_path2); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2314 if (old_selected != selected_io_2 && selected_io_1 != selected_io_2 && !strcmp(io_opts_2[selected_io_2], "ea_multitap_port_b")) { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2315 selected_io_1 = selected_io_2; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2316 config = tern_insert_path(config, config_path1, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(io_opts_1[selected_io_1])}, TVAL_PTR); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2317 } |
2014
9ca255be938d
Reorder system settings so that more common options are near the top and none of the dropdowns get cut off
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2003
diff
changeset
|
2318 selected_region = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "Default Region", region_codes, regions, num_regions, selected_region, "system\0default_region\0"); |
1568
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2319 selected_sync = settings_dropdown(context, "Sync Source", sync_opts, num_sync_opts, selected_sync, "system\0sync_source\0"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2320 if (!show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2321 settings_int_property(context, "68000 Clock Divider", "", "clocks\0m68k_divider\0", 7, 1, 53); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2322 selected_format = settings_dropdown(context, "Save State Format", formats, num_formats, selected_format, "ui\0state_format\0"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2323 } |
2014
9ca255be938d
Reorder system settings so that more common options are near the top and none of the dropdowns get cut off
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2003
diff
changeset
|
2324 selected_init = settings_dropdown(context, "Initial RAM Value", ram_inits, num_inits, selected_init, "system\0ram_init\0"); |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2325 settings_toggle(context, "Remember ROM Path", "ui\0remember_path\0", 1); |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2326 settings_toggle(context, "Use Native File Picker", "ui\0use_native_filechooser\0", 0); |
1852
a4cae960fd08
Allow config file to be saved with executable for "portable" setups
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1841
diff
changeset
|
2327 settings_toggle(context, "Save config with EXE", "ui\0config_in_exe_dir\0", 0); |
1853
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
2328 settings_string(context, "Game Save Path", "ui\0save_path\0", "$USERDATA/blastem/$ROMNAME"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2329 |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2330 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2331 if (config_dirty) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2332 char *unf = tern_find_path(config, "ui\0use_native_filechooser\0", TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2333 use_native_filechooser = unf && !strcmp(unf, "on"); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2334 } |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2335 pop_view(); |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2336 } |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2337 nk_end(context); |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2338 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2339 } |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2340 |
2018
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2341 void view_confirm_reset(struct nk_context *context) |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2342 { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2343 if (nk_begin(context, "Reset Confirm", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2344 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 20; |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2345 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, desired_width, 1); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2346 nk_label(context, "This will reset all settings and controller", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2347 nk_label(context, "mappings back to the defaults.", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2348 nk_label(context, "Are you sure you want to proceed?", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2349 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.5, desired_width / 2, 2); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2350 if (nk_button_label(context, "Maybe not")) { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2351 pop_view(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2352 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2353 if (nk_button_label(context, "Yep, delete it all")) { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2354 delete_custom_config(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2355 config = load_config(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2356 delete_controller_info(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2357 config_dirty = 1; |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2358 pop_view(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2359 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2360 nk_end(context); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2361 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2362 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2363 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2364 void view_bios_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2365 { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2366 if (nk_begin(context, "Firmware", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2367 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
2369
3e064001594a
Better spacing in firmware settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2355
diff
changeset
|
2368 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.25f, desired_width, 2); |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2369 static const char* exts[] = {"md", "bin", "smd"}; |
2247
08a16de0e4cb
Fix settings save path of TMSS ROM setting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2238
diff
changeset
|
2370 settings_path(context, "TMSS ROM", "system\0tmss_path\0", "tmss.md", exts, 3); |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2371 settings_path(context, "US CD BIOS", "system\0scd_bios_us\0", "cdbios.md", exts, 3); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2372 settings_path(context, "JP CD BIOS", "system\0scd_bios_jp\0", "cdbios.md", exts, 3); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2373 settings_path(context, "EU CD BIOS", "system\0scd_bios_eu\0", "cdbios.md", exts, 3); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2374 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2375 pop_view(); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2376 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2377 nk_end(context); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2378 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2379 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2380 |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2381 void view_back(struct nk_context *context) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2382 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2383 pop_view(); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2384 pop_view(); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2385 current_view(context); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2386 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2387 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2388 void view_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2389 { |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2390 static menu_item items[] = { |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2391 {"Key Bindings", view_key_bindings}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2392 {"Controllers", view_controllers}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2393 {"Video", view_video_settings}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2394 {"Audio", view_audio_settings}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2395 {"System", view_system_settings}, |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2396 {"Firmware", view_bios_settings}, |
2018
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2397 {"Reset to Defaults", view_confirm_reset}, |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2398 {"Back", view_back} |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2399 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2400 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2401 if (nk_begin(context, "Settings Menu", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2402 menu(context, sizeof(items)/sizeof(*items), items, NULL); |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2403 nk_end(context); |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2404 } |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2405 } |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2406 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2407 void exit_handler(uint32_t index) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2408 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2409 exit(0); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2410 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2411 |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2412 void view_pause(struct nk_context *context) |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2413 { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2414 static menu_item items[] = { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2415 {"Resume", view_play}, |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2416 {"Load ROM", view_load}, |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
2417 {"Lock On", view_lock_on}, |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2418 {"Save State", view_save_state}, |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2419 {"Load State", view_load_state}, |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2420 {"Settings", view_settings}, |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2421 {"Exit", NULL} |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2422 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2423 |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2424 if (nk_begin(context, "Main Menu", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2425 menu(context, sizeof(items)/sizeof(*items), items, exit_handler); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2426 nk_end(context); |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2427 } |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2428 } |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2429 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2430 void view_menu(struct nk_context *context) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2431 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2432 static menu_item items[] = { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2433 {"Load ROM", view_load}, |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2434 {"Settings", view_settings}, |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2435 {"About", view_about}, |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2436 {"Exit", NULL} |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2437 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2438 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2439 if (nk_begin(context, "Main Menu", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2440 menu(context, sizeof(items)/sizeof(*items), items, exit_handler); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2441 nk_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2442 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2443 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2444 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2445 void blastem_nuklear_render(void) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2446 { |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
2447 if (current_view != view_play || (current_system && current_system->type == SYSTEM_MEDIA_PLAYER)) { |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2448 nk_input_end(context); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2449 current_view(context); |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2450 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2451 fb_context->fb.pixels = render_get_framebuffer(FRAMEBUFFER_UI, &fb_context->fb.pitch); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2452 nk_rawfb_render(fb_context, nk_rgb(0,0,0), 0); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2453 render_framebuffer_updated(FRAMEBUFFER_UI, render_width()); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2454 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2455 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2456 nk_sdl_render(NK_ANTI_ALIASING_ON, 512 * 1024, 128 * 1024); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2457 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2458 } |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2459 nk_input_begin(context); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2460 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2461 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2462 |
1486
a6881d0d76d0
Pause game execution when in the new UI pause menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1485
diff
changeset
|
2463 void ui_idle_loop(void) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2464 { |
1862
e07fc3d473b2
Basic UI navigation with controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1859
diff
changeset
|
2465 render_enable_gamepad_events(1); |
1482
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2466 const uint32_t MIN_UI_DELAY = 15; |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2467 static uint32_t last; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2468 while (current_view != view_play) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2469 { |
1482
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2470 uint32_t current = render_elapsed_ms(); |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2471 if ((current - last) < MIN_UI_DELAY) { |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2472 render_sleep_ms(MIN_UI_DELAY - (current - last) - 1); |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2473 } |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2474 last = current; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2475 render_update_display(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2476 } |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2477 if (config_dirty) { |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2478 apply_updated_config(); |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2479 persist_config(config); |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2480 config_dirty = 0; |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2481 } |
1862
e07fc3d473b2
Basic UI navigation with controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1859
diff
changeset
|
2482 render_enable_gamepad_events(0); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2483 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2484 static void handle_event(SDL_Event *event) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2485 { |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
2486 if (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
2487 keycode = event->key.keysym.sym; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
2488 } |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2489 else if (event->type == SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN) { |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2490 button_pressed = event->jbutton.button; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2491 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2492 else if (event->type == SDL_JOYHATMOTION) { |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2493 hat_moved = event->jhat.hat; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2494 hat_value = event->jhat.value; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2495 } |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2496 else if (event->type == SDL_JOYAXISMOTION) { |
2319
ab3d8759da08
Slightly more reasonable threshold value for axes during mapping. Still pretty broken though
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2317
diff
changeset
|
2497 if (event->jaxis.axis == axis_moved || abs(event->jaxis.value) > abs(axis_value) || abs(event->jaxis.value) > 4000) { |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2498 axis_moved = event->jaxis.axis; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2499 axis_value = event->jaxis.value; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2500 } |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2501 } else if (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN && event->button.button == 0) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2502 click = 1; |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2503 } else if (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP && event->button.button == 0) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2504 click = 0; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2505 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
2506 if (stick_nav_disabled && event->type == SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
2507 return; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
2508 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2509 nk_sdl_handle_event(event); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2510 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2511 |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2512 static void context_destroyed(void) |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2513 { |
1681
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2514 if (context) |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2515 { |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2516 nk_sdl_shutdown(); |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2517 context = NULL; |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2518 } |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2519 } |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2520 |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2521 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
1609
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2522 static struct nk_image load_image_texture(uint32_t *buf, uint32_t width, uint32_t height) |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2523 { |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2524 GLuint tex; |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2525 glGenTextures(1, &tex); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2526 glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, tex); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2527 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2528 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2529 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2530 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2531 #ifdef USE_GLES |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2532 glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, buf); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2533 #else |
1609
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2534 glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA8, width, height, 0, GL_BGRA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, buf); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2535 #endif |
1609
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2536 return nk_image_id((int)tex); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2537 } |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2538 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2539 |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2540 static struct nk_image load_image_rawfb(uint32_t *buf, uint32_t width, uint32_t height) |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2541 { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2542 struct rawfb_image *fbimg = calloc(1, sizeof(struct rawfb_image)); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2543 fbimg->pixels = buf; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2544 fbimg->pitch = width * sizeof(uint32_t); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2545 fbimg->w = width; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2546 fbimg->h = height; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2547 fbimg->format = NK_FONT_ATLAS_RGBA32; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2548 return nk_image_ptr(fbimg); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2549 } |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2550 |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2551 static void texture_init(void) |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2552 { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2553 struct nk_font_atlas *atlas; |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2554 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2555 nk_rawfb_font_stash_begin(fb_context, &atlas); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2556 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2557 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2558 nk_sdl_font_stash_begin(&atlas); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2559 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2560 } |
1527
4f6e8acd7b6a
Added support for TTC and dfont format true type fonts. More robust font selection on Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1526
diff
changeset
|
2561 uint32_t font_size; |
4f6e8acd7b6a
Added support for TTC and dfont format true type fonts. More robust font selection on Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1526
diff
changeset
|
2562 uint8_t *font = default_font(&font_size); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2563 if (!font) { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2564 fatal_error("Failed to find default font path\n"); |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2565 } |
2294
7e995fb948c3
Make UI font less comically large
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
2566 def_font = nk_font_atlas_add_from_memory(atlas, font, font_size, render_height() / 24, NULL); |
1593
24508cb54f87
Fix a number of other memory errors (mostly leaks again) identified by valgrind
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1581
diff
changeset
|
2567 free(font); |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2568 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2569 nk_rawfb_font_stash_end(fb_context); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2570 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2571 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2572 nk_sdl_font_stash_end(); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2573 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2574 } |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2575 nk_style_set_font(context, &def_font->handle); |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2576 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_ui_images; i++) |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2577 { |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2578 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2579 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2580 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2581 ui_images[i]->ui = load_image_rawfb(ui_images[i]->image_data, ui_images[i]->width, ui_images[i]->height); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2582 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2583 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2584 ui_images[i]->ui = load_image_texture(ui_images[i]->image_data, ui_images[i]->width, ui_images[i]->height); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2585 } |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2586 #endif |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2587 } |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2588 } |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2589 |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2590 static void style_init(void) |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2591 { |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2592 context->style.checkbox.padding.x = render_height() / 120; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2593 context->style.checkbox.padding.y = render_height() / 120; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2594 context->style.checkbox.border = render_height() / 240; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2595 context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.type = NK_STYLE_ITEM_COLOR; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2596 context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color = (struct nk_color){ |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2597 .r = 255, .g = 128, .b = 0, .a = 255 |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2598 }; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2599 context->style.checkbox.cursor_hover = context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal; |
1854
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2600 context->style.property.inc_button.text_hover = (struct nk_color){ |
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2601 .r = 255, .g = 128, .b = 0, .a = 255 |
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2602 }; |
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2603 context->style.property.dec_button.text_hover = context->style.property.inc_button.text_hover; |
1855
92532eb6986d
Make combo boxes keyboard navigable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1854
diff
changeset
|
2604 context->style.combo.button.text_hover = context->style.property.inc_button.text_hover; |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2605 } |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2606 |
2308
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2607 static void fb_resize(void) |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2608 { |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2609 nk_rawfb_resize_fb(fb_context, NULL, render_width(), render_height(), 0); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2610 style_init(); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2611 texture_init(); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2612 } |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2613 |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2614 static void context_created(void) |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2615 { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2616 context = nk_sdl_init(render_get_window()); |
2308
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2617 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2618 if (render_has_gl()) { |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2619 nk_sdl_device_create(); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2620 } else { |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2621 #endif |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2622 fb_context = nk_rawfb_init(NULL, context, render_width(), render_height(), 0); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2623 render_set_ui_fb_resize_handler(fb_resize); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2624 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2625 } |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2626 #endif |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2627 style_init(); |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2628 texture_init(); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2629 } |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2630 |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2631 void show_pause_menu(void) |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2632 { |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2633 if (current_view == view_play) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2634 set_content_binding_state(0); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2635 context->style.window.background = nk_rgba(0, 0, 0, 128); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2636 context->style.window.fixed_background = nk_style_item_color(nk_rgba(0, 0, 0, 128)); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2637 current_view = view_pause; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
2638 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1980
81df9aa2de9b
Less hacky run on audio thread mode
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1910
diff
changeset
|
2639 system_request_exit(current_system, 1); |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2640 } else if (current_system && !set_binding) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2641 clear_view_stack(); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2642 show_play_view(); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2643 } |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2644 } |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2645 |
1581
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2646 void show_play_view(void) |
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2647 { |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2648 set_content_binding_state(1); |
1581
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2649 current_view = view_play; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
2650 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1581
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2651 } |
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2652 |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2653 static uint8_t active; |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2654 uint8_t is_nuklear_active(void) |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2655 { |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2656 return active; |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2657 } |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2658 |
1483
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2659 uint8_t is_nuklear_available(void) |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2660 { |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2661 /*if (!render_has_gl()) { |
1483
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2662 //currently no fallback if GL2 unavailable |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2663 return 0; |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2664 }*/ |
1483
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2665 char *style = tern_find_path(config, "ui\0style\0", TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2666 if (!style) { |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2667 return 1; |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2668 } |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2669 return strcmp(style, "rom") != 0; |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2670 } |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2671 |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2672 static void persist_config_exit(void) |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2673 { |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2674 if (config_dirty) { |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2675 persist_config(config); |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2676 } |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2677 } |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2678 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2679 ui_image *load_ui_image(char *name) |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2680 { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2681 uint32_t buf_size; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2682 uint8_t *buf = (uint8_t *)read_bundled_file(name, &buf_size); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2683 if (buf) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2684 num_ui_images++; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2685 if (num_ui_images > ui_image_storage) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2686 ui_image_storage = (ui_image_storage + 1) * 2; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2687 ui_images = realloc(ui_images, ui_image_storage * sizeof(*ui_images)); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2688 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2689 ui_image *this_image = ui_images[num_ui_images-1] = calloc(1, sizeof(ui_image)); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2690 this_image->image_data = load_png(buf, buf_size, &this_image->width, &this_image->height); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2691 #ifdef USE_GLES |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2692 uint32_t *cur = this_image->image_data; |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2693 for (int i = 0; i < this_image->width*this_image->height; i++, cur++) |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2694 { |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2695 uint32_t pixel = *cur; |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2696 *cur = (pixel & 0xFF00FF00) | (pixel << 16 & 0xFF0000) | (pixel >> 16 & 0xFF); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2697 } |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2698 #endif |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2699 free(buf); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2700 if (!this_image->image_data) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2701 num_ui_images--; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2702 free(this_image); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2703 return NULL; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2704 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2705 return this_image; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2706 } else { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2707 return NULL; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2708 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2709 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2710 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2711 void blastem_nuklear_init(uint8_t file_loaded) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2712 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2713 context = nk_sdl_init(render_get_window()); |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2714 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2715 if (render_has_gl()) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2716 nk_sdl_device_create(); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2717 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2718 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2719 fb_context = nk_rawfb_init(NULL, context, render_width(), render_height(), 0); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2720 render_set_ui_fb_resize_handler(fb_resize); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2721 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2722 } |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2723 #endif |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2724 style_init(); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2725 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2726 controller_360 = load_ui_image("images/360.png"); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2727 controller_ps4 = load_ui_image("images/ps4.png"); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2728 controller_ps4_6b = load_ui_image("images/ps4_6b.png"); |
2003
4c418ee9a9d8
Added Wii U controller image
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1980
diff
changeset
|
2729 controller_wiiu = load_ui_image("images/wiiu.png"); |
2020
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
2730 controller_gen_6b = load_ui_image("images/genesis_6b.png"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2731 |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2732 texture_init(); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2733 |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2734 if (file_loaded) { |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2735 current_view = view_play; |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2736 } else { |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2737 current_view = view_menu; |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2738 set_content_binding_state(0); |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2739 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2740 render_set_ui_render_fun(blastem_nuklear_render); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2741 render_set_event_handler(handle_event); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2742 render_set_gl_context_handlers(context_destroyed, context_created); |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2743 char *unf = tern_find_path(config, "ui\0use_native_filechooser\0", TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2744 use_native_filechooser = unf && !strcmp(unf, "on"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2745 |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2746 atexit(persist_config_exit); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2747 |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2748 active = 1; |
1486
a6881d0d76d0
Pause game execution when in the new UI pause menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1485
diff
changeset
|
2749 ui_idle_loop(); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2750 } |